[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025114993A1 - Configuration for joint transmission - Google Patents

Configuration for joint transmission Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025114993A1
WO2025114993A1 PCT/IB2025/050734 IB2025050734W WO2025114993A1 WO 2025114993 A1 WO2025114993 A1 WO 2025114993A1 IB 2025050734 W IB2025050734 W IB 2025050734W WO 2025114993 A1 WO2025114993 A1 WO 2025114993A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
values
csi
frequency
time
value
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/IB2025/050734
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Ahmed HINDY
Vijay Nangia
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Lenovo Singapore Pte Ltd
Original Assignee
Lenovo Singapore Pte Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Lenovo Singapore Pte Ltd filed Critical Lenovo Singapore Pte Ltd
Publication of WO2025114993A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025114993A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0619—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
    • H04B7/0621—Feedback content
    • H04B7/0632—Channel quality parameters, e.g. channel quality indicator [CQI]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/022—Site diversity; Macro-diversity
    • H04B7/024—Co-operative use of antennas of several sites, e.g. in co-ordinated multipoint or co-operative multiple-input multiple-output [MIMO] systems
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0619—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
    • H04B7/0621—Feedback content
    • H04B7/063—Parameters other than those covered in groups H04B7/0623 - H04B7/0634, e.g. channel matrix rank or transmit mode selection
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0619—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
    • H04B7/0636—Feedback format
    • H04B7/0639—Using selective indices, e.g. of a codebook, e.g. pre-distortion matrix index [PMI] or for beam selection
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L25/00—Baseband systems
    • H04L25/02—Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
    • H04L25/0202—Channel estimation
    • H04L25/0222—Estimation of channel variability, e.g. coherence bandwidth, coherence time, fading frequency
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L25/00—Baseband systems
    • H04L25/02—Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
    • H04L25/0202—Channel estimation
    • H04L25/0224—Channel estimation using sounding signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/001—Synchronization between nodes

Definitions

  • a wireless communications system may include one or multiple network communication devices, such as base stations, which may support wireless communications for one or multiple user communication devices, which may be otherwise known as user equipment (UE), or other suitable terminology.
  • UE user equipment
  • the wireless communications system may support wireless communications with one or multiple user communication devices by utilizing resources of the wireless communication system (e.g., time resources (e.g., symbols, slots, subframes, frames, or the like) or frequency resources (e.g., subcarriers, carriers, or the like)). Additionally, the wireless communications system may support wireless communications across various radio access technologies including third generation (3G) radio access technology, fourth generation (4G) radio access technology, fifth generation (5G) radio access technology, among other suitable radio access technologies beyond 5G (e.g., sixth generation (6G)).
  • 3G third generation
  • 4G fourth generation
  • 5G fifth generation
  • 6G sixth generation
  • the phrase “based on” shall not be construed as a reference to a closed set of conditions.
  • an example step that is described as “based on condition A” may be based on both a condition A and a condition B without departing from the scope of the present disclosure.
  • the phrase “based on” shall be construed in the same manner as the phrase “based at least in part on”.
  • a “set” may include one or more elements.
  • Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a UE for wireless communication to receive, from at least one network equipment (NE), an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the UE is further configured with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; select a subset of the set of NE based at least in part on the set of criteria; and transmit a report including an indication of the selected subset of the set of NE.
  • NE network equipment
  • the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive, from the at least one NE, one or more of: configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; or the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information;
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding Channel State Information (CSI) reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a Precoder Matrix Indicator (PMI); a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including the respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a Downlink (DL) Reference Signal (RS
  • NZP Non-Zero Power
  • CSI-RS CSI Reference Signal
  • CRI CSI-RS Resource Indicator
  • TRS Tracking Reference Signal
  • the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE;
  • the DL RS includes a TRS;
  • a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE;
  • a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE;
  • each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the at least one processor is configured to receive each
  • the first threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof;
  • a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE;
  • the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof;
  • a third criterion of the set of criteria Attorney Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 4 includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum number) of Quasi Co-Location (QCL) groups associated with the subset of the set of NE, where NE associated with each QCL group are mutually quasi-co-located; at least one NE in the subset of the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, phase values, or QCL information for one or more other NE of the subset of NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE; the indication of the selected subset of the set of NE includes one or more of: a group of CSI-RS Resource Index (CRI) values,
  • Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a processor for wireless communication to receive, at a UE from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the UE is further configured with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; select a subset of the set of NE based at least in part on the set of criteria; and transmit a report including an indication of the selected subset of the set of NE.
  • the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive, from the at least one NE, one or more of: configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; or the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the Attorney Docket No.
  • each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof.
  • the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE;
  • the DL RS includes a TRS;
  • a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE;
  • a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE;
  • each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the at least one processor is
  • the first threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof;
  • a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub- carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof;
  • a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE;
  • a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum number) of QCL groups associated with the subset of the set of NE, where NE associated with each QCL group are mutually quasi-co-located; at least one NE in the subset of the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, phase values, or QCL information for one or more other NE of
  • Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a method performed by a UE, the method including receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the UE is further configured with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; selecting a subset of the set of NE based at least in part on the set of criteria; and transmitting a report including an indication of the selected subset of the set of NE.
  • the method further including receiving, from the at least one NE, one or more of: configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; or the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof.
  • the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE;
  • the DL RS includes a TRS;
  • a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE;
  • a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE;
  • each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the method further includes receive
  • the first threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof;
  • a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE;
  • a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum number) of QCL groups associated with the subset of the set of NE, where NE associated with each QCL group are mutually quasi-co-located; at least one NE in the subset of the set of
  • Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a NE for wireless communication to transmit, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and configuration with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; and receive, from the UE, a report including an indication of a selected subset of the set of NE.
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including the respective Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof;
  • the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE; the DL RS includes a TRS.
  • a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the at least one processor is configured to NE to transmit each TRS in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other TRSs in the set of TRSs; the DL RS is includes NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, and where each NZP CSI-RS resource in a set of NZP CSI-RS resources corresponding to the set of NE
  • the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT 10 difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof;
  • a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE;
  • a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum number) of QCL groups associated with the subset of the set of NE, where NE associated with each QCL group are mutually quasi-co-located; at least one NE in the subset of the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, phase values, or QCL information for one or more other NE of the subset of NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE; the indication of the selected sub
  • Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a method performed by a NE, the method including transmitting, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and configuration with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; and receiving, from the UE, a report including an indication of a selected subset of the set of NE.
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including the respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- Attorney Docket No.
  • the DL RS includes a TRS; a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the method further includes transmitting each TRS in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other TRSs in the set of TRSs; the DL RS is includes NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, and where each NZP CSI-RS resource in a set of NZP CSI-RS resources corresponding to
  • a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum Attorney Docket No.
  • Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a UE for wireless communication to receive, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and transmit a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE.
  • a UE for wireless communication to receive, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and transmit a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchron
  • the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE;
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 13 values, frequency values, or phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting a measurement to a recent (e.g. most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of the DL RSs associated with the set of NE.
  • the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to generate an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to transmit the estimate of the subband size; at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of
  • the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to generate an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to transmit the estimate of CSI reporting periodicity; the synchronization information includes one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; a NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE.
  • Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a processor for wireless communication to receive, at a UE and from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and transmit a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE;
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource
  • the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to generate an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to transmit the estimate of the subband size; at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a Attorney Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 15 fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof.
  • a difference e.g., absolute difference
  • the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to generate an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to transmit the estimate of CSI reporting periodicity; the synchronization information includes one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; a NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE.
  • Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a method performed by a UE, the method including receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and transmitting a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE.
  • the method further including receiving, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE;
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher- layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a Attorney Docket No.
  • the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; generating an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values; transmitting the estimate of the subband size; at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub- carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset
  • Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a NE for wireless communication to transmit, to a UE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, and configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; receive, from the UE, a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT 17 information a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE; and shift a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based at least in part on the estimate of the measurement of the synchronization information.
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or
  • the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to receive, from the UE, an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values; at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to shift a transmission time of a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported time offset value; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • At least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof;
  • the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to receive, from the UE, an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values;
  • the synchronization information includes one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to shift a transmission phase of a
  • Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a method performed by a NE, the method including transmitting, to a UE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, and configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; receiving, from the UE, a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE; and shifting a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based at least in part on the estimate of the measurement of the synchronization information.
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof;
  • the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting a measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of the DL RSs associated with the set of NE;
  • the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; receiving, from the UE, an
  • At least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; shifting a transmission time of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported time offset value; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; shifting a transmission frequency of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported frequency offset value; at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof;
  • a difference e.g., absolute difference
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 20 measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE.
  • Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a UE for wireless communication to receive, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and apply at least one of a time shift, a frequency shift, or a phase shift to a transmission of a group of Uplink (UL) RSs according to the measurement of the synchronization information.
  • UL Uplink
  • the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of the synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values;
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher- layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the set of criteria; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS
  • the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs;
  • the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; transmitted on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT 21 both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof;
  • the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal;
  • each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of: a subset of ports of an SRS resource; a subset of SRS symbols of an SRS resource, the SRS resource partition occupying one Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol in a slot and the SRS resource occupying multiple OFDM symbols in a slot; or combinations thereof;
  • a first SRS resource partition is associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources as a second SRS resource partition, and a same repetition factor, or a combination thereof;
  • the at least one processor is configured to cause the
  • the reference NE is identified by one or more of: an order of an ID of the DL RS; an order of an ID of the UL RS; an indication parameter configured by the reference NE; indicated by the UE via physical or Medium Access Control Control Element (MAC-CE) based signaling; or combinations thereof;
  • the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH);
  • the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to apply a zero value to one or more of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift;
  • the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to a plurality of at least one of a time drift, frequency drift, or a phase drift of the group of
  • Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a processor for wireless communication to receive, at a UE from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and apply at least one of a time shift, a frequency shift, or a phase shift to a transmission of a group of UL RSs according to the measurement of the synchronization information.
  • the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of the synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values;
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher- layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the set of criteria; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource
  • the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; transmitted on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof;
  • the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal;
  • each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of: a subset of ports of an SRS resource; a subset of SRS symbols of an SRS resource, the SRS resource partition occupying one OFDM
  • the reference NE is identified by one or more of: an order of an ID of the DL RS; an order of an ID of the UL RS; an indication parameter configured by the reference NE; indicated by the UE via physical or MAC-CE based signaling; or combinations thereof;
  • the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for PDCCH;
  • the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to apply a zero value to one or more of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift;
  • the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to a plurality of at least one of a time drift, frequency drift, or a phase drift of the group of UL RSs
  • the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources
  • the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to transmit a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to transmit the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL MAC-CE message.
  • Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a method performed by a UE, the method including receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and applying at least one of a time shift, a frequency shift, or a phase shift to a transmission of a group of UL RSs according to the measurement of the synchronization information.
  • the method of a UE further including receiving, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of the synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values;
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the set of criteria; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID;
  • each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource in the group of UL RSs.
  • the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs;
  • the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; transmitted on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof;
  • the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and
  • the method of a UE further including applying at least one of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift to the transmission of the group of UL RSs relative to one or more of a reference time shift, a reference frequency shift, or a reference phase shift respectively associated with a reference NE in the set of NE, the reference NE associated with a DL RS and a UL RS;
  • the reference NE is identified by one or more of: an order of an ID of the DL RS; an order of an ID of the UL RS; an indication parameter configured by the reference NE; indicated by the UE via physical or MAC-CE based signaling; or combinations thereof; receiving DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for PDCCH; causing the UE to apply a zero value to one or more of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift; receiving a plurality of at least one of a
  • the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources configured with a usage set to one of beam management or beam tracking; receiving the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value via a MAC-CE message; transmitting a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; transmitting the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase
  • Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a device for wireless communication to transmit, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; and configuration with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and shift a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based on a measurement of a received time shift, frequency shift and phase shift of a group of UL RSs received from the UE.
  • each of the time offset value, the frequency offset value, or the phase offset value is equivalent to one half of a negative value of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift of the group of UL RSs, respectively;
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for
  • the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource in the group of UL RSs; the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs.
  • the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; received on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof; the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of: a subset of ports of an SRS resource; a subset of SRS symbols of an SRS resource, the SRS resource partition occupying one OFDM symbol in a slot and the SRS resource occupying multiple OFDM symbols in a slot; or combinations thereof; a first SRS resource partition is associated with a same
  • a number of each of one or more of timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values includes one or more of: a number of the group of UL RSs; or a number of the group of UL RSs minus one, where one or more of the timing adjustment values, the frequency adjustment values, or the phase adjustment values are computed with respect to a reference UL RS; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to transmit plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value via a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to receive, from the UE, a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE; a number of each of one or more of timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values, includes: a number of the set of DL RSs; or a number of the set of DL RSs less one, where the one or more of the timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values are computed with respect to a reference DL RS.
  • each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to receive, from the UE, the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL MAC-CE message.
  • Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a method performed by a NE, the method including transmitting, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; and configuration with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and shifting a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based on a measurement of a received time shift, frequency shift and phase shift of a group of UL RSs received from the UE.
  • each of the time offset value, the frequency offset value, or the phase offset value is equivalent to one half of a negative value of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift of the group of UL RSs, respectively;
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase Attorney Docket No.
  • each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource in the group of UL RSs.
  • the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs;
  • the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; received on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof;
  • the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal;
  • each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of: a
  • a number of each of one or more of timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values includes one or more of: a number of the group of UL RSs; or a number of the group of UL RSs minus one, where one or more of the timing adjustment values, the frequency adjustment values, or the phase Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT 30 adjustment values are computed with respect to a reference UL RS; transmitting plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value via a MAC-CE message; receiving, from the UE, a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE.
  • a number of each of one or more of timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values includes: a number of the set of DL RSs; or a number of the set of DL RSs less one, where the one or more of the timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values are computed with respect to a reference DL RS; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; receiving, from the UE, the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL MAC-CE message.
  • Figure 1 illustrates an example of a wireless communications system in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 2 illustrates a system in accordance with various implementations.
  • Figure 3 illustrates aperiodic trigger state defining a list of CSI report settings.
  • Figure 4 illustrates at aperiodic trigger state indicating the resource set and QCL information.
  • Figures 5a and 5b illustrate RRC configuration for NZP-CSI-RS/CSI-IM resources.
  • Figure 6 illustrates a partial CSI omission.
  • Figure 7 illustrates an example of Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) code for configuring an NZP-CSI-RS resource set, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 8 illustrates an example of TRS configuration, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 31
  • Figure 9 illustrates an example of ASN-1 code for QCL information, as related to multi- resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 10 illustrates an example of ASN-1 code for PDSCH-Config Information Element (IE), as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 11 illustrates an example of ASN-1 code for DMRS-DownlinkConfig, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Figures 12 and 13 illustrate an example of DMRS patterns for mapping Type A with front-load DMRS, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Figures 14 and 15 illustrate an example of ASN.1 code for an IE in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 16 illustrates an example of ASN.1 code for an IE.
  • Figure 17 illustrates an example of ASN.1 code for an IE.
  • Figures 18 and 19 illustrate an example of ASN.1 code for an IE.
  • Figure 20 illustrates an example of a UE in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 21 illustrates an example of a processor in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 22 illustrates an example of a NE in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 23 illustrates a flowchart of a method in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 32
  • Figure 24 illustrates a flowchart of a method in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 25 illustrates a flowchart of a method in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 26 illustrates a flowchart of a method in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 27 illustrates a flowchart of a method in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 28 illustrates a flowchart of a method in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION In 3GPP NR, multiple panel nodes, Transmission Reception Point (TRP) nodes, and/or Remote Radio-Head (RRH) nodes within a cell may communicate simultaneously with one UE to enhance coverage, throughput, and reliability. The nodes, however, may not be co-located, e.g., they may be placed in remote locations. Thus, coherent transmission from multiple nodes to the same UE via multiple nodes may involve strict time and frequency synchronization to ensure signals transmitted from different TRPs are aligned, otherwise signals may not be constructively combined leading to jeopardizing gains of coherent joint transmission (CJT).
  • CJT coherent joint transmission
  • CJT (also referred to herein as “joint transmission”) is a technique used in wireless networks to improve signal power and spatial diversity.
  • multiple transmitters send a common message to a receiver (e.g., a UE) with phase constructively combined at the receiver.
  • a receiver e.g., a UE
  • the present disclosure supports techniques for reporting time offsets, frequency offsets, and phase offsets to enable achieving synchronization for CJT.
  • implementations include a UE indication of a selected subset of TRPs from a set of network configured TRPs, where the selected subset of the TRPs is based on a set of constraints on the maximum time, frequency, and/or phase drifts across the TRPs.
  • enhanced DL RS configuration is provided that enables capturing a higher resolution of time shifts and/or frequency shifts.
  • Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 33
  • Aspects of the present disclosure also support UE-assisted indication of time, frequency and phase drifts measured by the UE based on DL RSs from different TRPs, where the indication implies one of a pre-compensation of DMRS for one or more of PDSCH or PDCCH and a modification of PMI size and/or CQI SB size.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may include one or more NE 102, one or more UE 104, and a core network (CN) 106.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may support various radio access technologies.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may be a 4G network, such as an LTE network or an LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) network.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may be a NR network, such as a 5G network, a 5G-Advanced (5G-A) network, or a 5G ultrawideband (5G-UWB) network.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may be a combination of a 4G network and a 5G network, or other suitable radio access technology including Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802.20.
  • IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
  • the wireless communications system 100 may support radio access technologies beyond 5G, for example, 6G. Additionally, the wireless communications system 100 may support technologies, such as time division multiple access (TDMA), frequency division multiple access (FDMA), or code division multiple access (CDMA), etc.
  • TDMA time division multiple access
  • FDMA frequency division multiple access
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • the one or more NE 102 may be dispersed throughout a geographic region to form the wireless communications system 100.
  • One or more of the NE 102 described herein may be or include or may be referred to as a network node, a base station, a network element, a network Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 34 function, a network entity, a radio access network (RAN), a NodeB, an eNodeB (eNB), a next- generation NodeB (gNB), or other suitable terminology.
  • An NE 102 and a UE 104 may communicate via a communication link, which may be a wireless or wired connection.
  • an NE 102 and a UE 104 may perform wireless communication (e.g., receive signaling, transmit signaling) over a Uu interface.
  • An NE 102 may provide a geographic coverage area for which the NE 102 may support services for one or more UEs 104 within the geographic coverage area.
  • an NE 102 and a UE 104 may support wireless communication of signals related to services (e.g., voice, video, packet data, messaging, broadcast, etc.) according to one or multiple radio access technologies.
  • an NE 102 may be moveable, for example, a satellite associated with a non-terrestrial network (NTN).
  • NTN non-terrestrial network
  • the one or more UEs 104 may be dispersed throughout a geographic region of the wireless communications system 100.
  • a UE 104 may include or may be referred to as a remote unit, a mobile device, a wireless device, a remote device, a subscriber device, a transmitter device, a receiver device, or some other suitable terminology.
  • the UE 104 may be referred to as a unit, a station, a terminal, or a client, among other examples.
  • the UE 104 may be referred to as an Internet-of-Things (IoT) device, an Internet-of- Everything (IoE) device, or machine-type communication (MTC) device, among other examples.
  • IoT Internet-of-Things
  • IoE Internet-of- Everything
  • MTC machine-type communication
  • a UE 104 may be able to support wireless communication directly with other UEs 104 over a communication link.
  • a UE 104 may support wireless communication directly with another UE 104 over a device-to-device (D2D) communication link.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • the communication link may be referred to as a sidelink.
  • a UE 104 may support wireless communication directly with another UE 104 over a PC5 interface.
  • An NE 102 may support communications with the CN 106, or with another NE 102, or both.
  • an NE 102 may interface with other NE 102 or the CN 106 through one or more backhaul links (e.g., S1, N2, N6, or other network interface).
  • the NE 102 Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 35 may communicate with each other directly.
  • the NE 102 may communicate with each other indirectly (e.g., via the CN 106).
  • one or more NE 102 may include subcomponents, such as an access network entity, which may be an example of an access node controller (ANC).
  • An ANC may communicate with the one or more UEs 104 through one or more other access network transmission entities, which may be referred to as a radio heads, smart radio heads, or TRPs.
  • the CN 106 may support user authentication, access authorization, tracking, connectivity, and other access, routing, or mobility functions.
  • the CN 106 may be an evolved packet core (EPC), or a 5G core (5GC), which may include a control plane entity that manages access and mobility (e.g., a mobility management entity (MME), an access and mobility management functions (AMF)) and a user plane entity that routes packets or interconnects to external networks (e.g., a serving gateway (S-GW), a packet data network (PDN) gateway (P-GW), or a user plane function (UPF)).
  • EPC evolved packet core
  • 5GC 5G core
  • MME mobility management entity
  • AMF access and mobility management functions
  • S-GW serving gateway
  • PDN gateway packet data network gateway
  • UPF user plane function
  • control plane entity may manage non-access stratum (NAS) functions, such as mobility, authentication, and bearer management (e.g., data bearers, signal bearers, etc.) for the one or more UEs 104 served by the one or more NE 102 associated with the CN 106.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the CN 106 may communicate with a packet data network over one or more backhaul links (e.g., via an S1, N2, N6, or other network interface).
  • the packet data network may include an application server.
  • one or more UEs 104 may communicate with the application server.
  • a UE 104 may establish a session (e.g., a protocol data unit (PDU) session, or the like) with the CN 106 via an NE 102.
  • the CN 106 may route traffic (e.g., control information, data, and the like) between the UE 104 and the application server using the established session (e.g., the established PDU session).
  • the PDU session may be an example of a logical connection between the UE 104 and the CN 106 (e.g., one or more network functions of the CN 106).
  • the NEs 102 and the UEs 104 may use resources of the wireless communications system 100 (e.g., time resources (e.g., symbols, slots, subframes, frames, or the like) or frequency resources (e.g., subcarriers, carriers)) to perform various operations (e.g., wireless communications).
  • the NEs 102 and the UEs 104 may support different resource structures.
  • the NEs 102 and the UEs 104 may support different frame structures.
  • UEs 104 may support a single frame structure.
  • the NEs 102 and the UEs 104 may support various frame structures (e.g., multiple frame structures).
  • the NEs 102 and the UEs 104 may support various frame structures based on one or more numerologies.
  • One or more numerologies may be supported in the wireless communications system 100, and a numerology may include a subcarrier spacing and a cyclic prefix.
  • a time interval of a resource (e.g., a communication resource) may be organized according to frames (also referred to as radio frames). Each frame may have a duration, for example, a 10 millisecond (ms) duration. In some implementations, each frame may include multiple subframes.
  • each frame may include 10 subframes, and each subframe may have a duration, for example, a 1 ms duration. In some implementations, each frame may have the same duration. In some implementations, each subframe of a frame may have the same duration.
  • a time interval of a resource e.g., a communication resource
  • a subframe may include a number (e.g., quantity) of slots. The number of slots in each subframe may also depend on the one or more numerologies supported in the wireless communications system 100.
  • Each slot may include a number (e.g., quantity) of symbols (e.g., OFDM symbols).
  • the number (e.g., quantity) of slots for a subframe may depend Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • a slot may include 14 symbols.
  • a slot may include 12 symbols.
  • an electromagnetic (EM) spectrum may be split, based on frequency or wavelength, into various classes, frequency bands, frequency channels, etc.
  • the wireless communications system 100 may support one or multiple operating frequency bands, such as frequency range designations frequency range 1 (FR1) (410 MHz – 7.125 GHz), FR2 (24.25 GHz – 52.6 GHz), FR3 (7.125 GHz – 24.25 GHz), FR4 (52.6 GHz – 114.25 GHz), FR4a or FR4-1 (52.6 GHz – 71 GHz), and FR5 (114.25 GHz – 300 GHz).
  • FR1 frequency range 1
  • FR2 24.25 GHz – 52.6 GHz
  • FR3 7.125 GHz – 24.25 GHz
  • FR4 (52.6 GHz – 114.25 GHz
  • FR4a or FR4-1 52.6 GHz – 71 GHz
  • FR5 114.25 GHz – 300 GHz
  • the NEs 102 and the UEs 104 may perform wireless communications over one or more of the operating frequency bands.
  • FR1 may be used by the NEs 102 and the UEs 104, among other equipment or devices for cellular communications traffic (e.g., control information, data).
  • FR2 may be used by the NEs 102 and the UEs 104, among other equipment or devices for short-range, high data rate capabilities.
  • FR1 may be associated with one or multiple numerologies (e.g., at least three numerologies).
  • FR2 may be associated with one or multiple numerologies (e.g., at least 2 numerologies).
  • multiple NEs 102 and a UE 104 can coordinate in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure and as part of implementing CJT, such as to enable reporting of time, frequency, and phase offsets from the UE 104 to one or more of the NEs 102 for achieving synchronization for CJT.
  • Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 38
  • Figure 2 illustrates a system 200 in accordance with various implementations.
  • the system 200 for example, includes multiple panels 202 in a coordination cluster connected to a central unit 204 and a UE 104.
  • multiple panel nodes, TRP nodes, and/or RRH nodes within a cell may communicate simultaneously with one UE to enhance coverage, throughput, and reliability.
  • the nodes may not be co-located, e.g., they may be placed in remote locations, as shown in the system 200.
  • Coherent transmission from multiple nodes to the same UE via multiple nodes may involve strict time and frequency synchronization to ensure signals transmitted from different TRPs are aligned, otherwise signals may not be constructively combined leading to jeopardizing gains of CJT.
  • Rel-17 HST-SFN Scheme 1 framework is a UE-based solution that involves complex equalization to align the signals transmitted from multiple two TRPs, where the complexity increases with the number of TRPs, e.g., up to 4 TRPs in Rel-18 CJT framework.
  • a UE In the Rel-17 HST-SFN Scheme B framework for Doppler indication, a UE is configured with one TRS along with frequency pre-compensation at the network node via SRS.
  • a disadvantage to the Rel-17 HST-SFN Scheme 2 framework is limited frequency pre-compensation and is difficult to generalize to more than two TRPs.
  • TDCP Time-domain Channel Property
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT 39 bands where a sub-band consists of a set of resource blocks (RBs), each RB consisting of a set of subcarriers.
  • RBs resource blocks
  • there are 2N 1 N 2 CSI-RS ports are utilized to enable DL channel estimation with high resolution for NR Rel. 15 Type-II codebook.
  • DFT Discrete Fourier transform
  • a Discrete Fourier transform (DFT)-based transformation is used to project the channel onto L spatial beams (shared by both polarizations) where L ⁇ N 1 N 2 .
  • the indices of the L beams are referred as the Spatial Domain (SD) basis indices.
  • SD Spatial Domain
  • the magnitude and phase values of the 2L linear combination coefficients for each sub-band are fed back to the gNB as part of the CSI report.
  • O 1 , O 2 are “oversampling factors”, assumed for the 2D DFT matrix from which matrix B is drawn.
  • W1 is common across layers.
  • W2,l is a 2Lx N3 matrix, where the i th column corresponds to the linear combination coefficients of the 2L beams in the i th sub-band. The indices of the L selected columns in B are reported, along with the oversampling index taking on O1O2 values. Note that W2,l are independent across different layers.
  • K (where K ⁇ 2N 1 N 2 ) beamformed CSI-RS ports are utilized in DL transmission, in order to reduce complexity.
  • ⁇ ⁇ , ⁇ follow the same structure as the conventional NR Rel.15 Type-II Codebook and are layer specific.
  • NR Rel.15 Type-I codebook is the baseline codebook for NR, with a variety of configurations.
  • NR Rel.15 Type-I codebook can be depicted Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • NR Rel. 15 Type-II codebook with spatial beam selection per layer- pair and phase combining. More details on NR Rel. 15 Type-I codebook can be found in R1- 1709232, Samsung et al., "WF on Type I and II CSI codebooks," Hangzhou, China, May 15-19, 2017. [0122] For NR Rel. 16 Type-II Codebook, assume the gNB is equipped with a two-dimensional (2D) antenna array with N1N2 antenna ports per polarization (N1 being the horizontal and N2 the vertical dimension of the array).
  • 2D two-dimensional
  • N3 PMI sub- bands In the frequency domain, communication occurs over N3 PMI sub- bands, where a sub-band consists of a set of resource blocks (RBs), each RB consisting of a set of subcarriers.
  • RBs resource blocks
  • 2N1N2 CSI-RS ports are utilized to enable DL channel estimation with high resolution for NR Rel.
  • 16 Type-II codebook In order to reduce feedback overhead in UL, a Discrete Fourier transform (DFT)-based transformation is used to project the channel onto L spatial beams (shared by both polarizations) where L ⁇ N 1 N 2 .
  • DFT Discrete Fourier transform
  • each beam of the frequency- domain precoding vectors is transformed using an inverse DFT matrix to the delay domain, and the magnitude and phase values of a subset of the delay-domain coefficients are selected and fed back to the gNB as part of the CSI report.
  • the indices of the M selected columns out of the predefined size-N3 DFT matrix are reported.
  • the indices of the M dimensions are referred to as the selected Frequency Domain (FD) basis indices.
  • L, M represent the equivalent spatial and frequency dimensions after compression, respectively.
  • the 2LxM matrix ⁇ O ⁇ , ⁇ represents the linear combination coefficients (LCCs) of the spatial and frequency DFT-basis vectors of layer %.
  • LCCs linear combination coefficients
  • Coefficients with zero magnitude are indicated via a per-layer bitmap, with the strongest coefficient amplitude set to one, and an index of the strongest coefficient reported. No amplitude or phase information is explicitly reported for this coefficient. Amplitude and phase values of a maximum of ⁇ 2 ⁇ LM ⁇ -1 coefficients, which is less than the total number of CSI coefficients 2N 1 N 2 xN 3 .
  • K (where K ⁇ 2N 1 N 2 ) beamformed CSI-RS ports are utilized in DL transmission, in order to reduce complexity.
  • ⁇ ⁇ , ⁇ and Wf,l follow the conventional NR Rel. 16 Type-II Codebook, where both are layer specific.
  • the matrix ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2 is a Kx2L block-diagonal matrix with the same structure as that in the NR Rel. 15 Type-II Port Selection Codebook.
  • the port-selection matrix [ ⁇ [[1 ⁇ 2 supports free selection of the K ports, or more precisely the K/2 ports per polarization out of the N N CSI-RS ports per polariza / ⁇ / ⁇ 1 2 tion, e.g., ⁇ log ⁇ ⁇ a/2 cd bits are used to identify the K/2 selected ports per polarization, where this layers.
  • ⁇ O ⁇ , ⁇ and Wf,l follow the same structure as the conventional NR Rel.
  • 16 Type-II Codebook, however M is limited to ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ , with the network configuring a window of size N ⁇ 2,4 ⁇ for M 2.
  • the codebook report is partitioned into two parts based on the priority of information reported. Each part is encoded separately (Part 1 has a possibly higher code rate).
  • Example parameters for NR Rel. 16 Type-II codebook are listed below.
  • Part 1 RI + CQI + Total number of coefficients
  • Part 2 SD basis indicator + FD basis indicator/layer + Bitmap/layer + Coefficient Amplitude info/layer + Coefficient Phase info/layer + Strongest coefficient indicator/layer
  • Part 2 CSI can be decomposed into sub-parts each with different priority (higher priority information listed first). Such partitioning can be used to allow dynamic reporting size for codebook based on available resources in the UL phase.
  • Type-II codebook is based on aperiodic CSI reporting, and reported in Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) via Downlink Control Information (DCI) triggering (one exception).
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • Type-I codebook can be based on periodic CSI reporting (Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH)) or semi-persistent CSI reporting (PUSCH or PUCCH) or aperiodic reporting (PUSCH).
  • periodic CSI reporting Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH)
  • PUSCH or PUCCH semi-persistent CSI reporting
  • PUSCH aperiodic reporting
  • the priority of the N Rep CSI reports are based on the following: A CSI report corresponding to one CSI reporting setting for one cell may have higher priority compared with another CSI report corresponding to one other CSI reporting setting.
  • CSI reports intended to one cell may have higher priority compared with other CSI reports intended to another cell; CSI reports may have higher priority based on the CSI report content.
  • CSI reports carrying Layer 1 (L1)-Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) information have higher priority; CSI reports may have higher priority based on their type. For example, whether the CSI report is aperiodic, semi-persistent or periodic, and whether the report is sent via PUSCH or PUCCH, may impact the priority of the CSI report.
  • L1-Reference Signal Received Power RSRP
  • Priority Reporting Levels for Part 2 CSI Priority 0: For CSI reports 1 to / tqu , Group 0 CSI for CSI reports configured as 'typeII-r16' or 'typeII- PortSelection-r16'; Part 2 wideband CSI for CSI reports configured otherwise Priority 1: Group 1 CSI for CSI report 1, if configured as 'typeII-r16' or 'typeII-PortSelection-r16'; Part 2 subband CSI of even subbands for CSI report 1, if configured otherwise Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • Priority 2 Group 2 CSI for CSI report 1, if configured as 'typeII-r16' or 'typeII-PortSelection-r16'; Part 2 subband CSI of odd subbands for CSI report 1, if configured otherwise
  • Priority 3 Group 1 CSI for CSI report 2, if configured as 'typeII-r16' or 'typeII-PortSelection-r16'; Part 2 subband CSI of even subbands for CSI report 2, if configured otherwise
  • Priority 4 Group 2 CSI for CSI report 2, if configured as 'typeII-r16' or 'typeII-PortSelection-r16'.
  • Part 2 subband CSI of odd subbands for CSI report 2 if configured otherwise ⁇ P riority 2/tqu ⁇ 1: Group 1 CSI for CSI report / tqu , if configured as 'typeII-r16' or 'typeII-PortSelection-r16'; Part 2 subband CSI of even subbands for CSI report / tqu , if configured otherwise Priority 2/ tqu : Group 2 CSI for CSI report / tqu , if configured as 'typeII-r16' or 'typeII-PortSelection-r16'; Part 2 subband CSI of odd subbands for CSI report / tqu , if configured otherwise [0136] For triggering aperiodic CSI reporting on PUSCH, a UE is to report the CSI information for the network using the CSI framework in NR Release 15.
  • Table 2 The triggering mechanism between a report setting and a resource setting can be summarized in Table 2 below.
  • Table 2 Triggering mechanism between a report setting and a resource setting Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 47 Periodic CSI SP CSI reporting AP CSI reporting Reporting Periodic CSI-RS RRC configured • MAC CE (PUCCH) DCI Time Domain • DCI (PUSCH) Behavior of SP CSI-RS Not Supported • MAC CE (PUCCH) DCI Resource Setting • DCI (PUSCH) AP CSI-RS Not Supported Not Supported DCI [0137] Moreover: Associated Resource Settings for a CSI Report Setting are to have same time domain behavior; Periodic CSI-RS/IM resource and CSI reports can be assumed to be present and active once configured by RRC; Aperiodic and semi-persistent CSI-RS/ IM resources and CSI reports can be explicitly triggered or activated; Aperio
  • Figure 3 illustrates aperiodic trigger state defining a list of CSI report settings.
  • the triggering is done jointly by transmitting a DCI Format 0-1.
  • the DCI Format 0_1 includes a CSI request field (0 to 6 bits).
  • a non-zero request field points to a so-called aperiodic trigger state configured by RRC (see, e.g., Figure 2).
  • An aperiodic trigger state in turn is defined as a list of up to 16 aperiodic CSI Report Settings, identified by a CSI Report Setting ID for which the UE calculates simultaneously CSI and transmits it on the scheduled PUSCH transmission.
  • the aperiodic NZP CSI-RS Resource Set for channel measurement the aperiodic CSI-IM Resource Set (if used) and the aperiodic NZP CSI-RS Resource Set for IM (if used) to use for a given CSI Report Setting are also included in the aperiodic trigger state definition.
  • the QCL source to use is also configured in the aperiodic trigger state. The UE assumes that the resources used for the computation of the channel and interference can be processed with the same spatial filter e.g.
  • Figure 4 illustrates at 400 aperiodic trigger state indicating the resource set and QCL information.
  • Figures 5a and 5b illustrate RRC configuration for NZP-CSI-RS/CSI-IM resources.
  • 500 illustrates RRC configuration for NZP-CSI-RS Resource
  • 502 illustrates RRC configuration for CSI-IM-Resource.
  • Table 3 the type of UL channels used for CSI reporting are summarized as a function of the CSI codebook type.
  • Table 3 UL channels used for CSI reporting as a function of the CSI codebook type Periodic CSI reporting SP CSI reporting AP CSI reporting Type I WB PUCCH Format 2,3,4 • PUCCH Format 2 PUSCH • PUSCH T ype I SB • PUCCH Format 3,4 PUSCH • PUSCH T ype II WB • PUCCH Format 3,4 PUSCH • PUSCH Type II SB PUSCH PUSCH Type II Part 1 PUCCH Format 3,4 [0142] For aperiodic CSI reporting, PUSCH-based reports are divided into two CSI parts: CSI Part1 and CSI Part 2.
  • CSI Part 1 has a fixed payload size (and can be decoded by the gNB without prior information) and includes the following: RI (if reported), CRI (if reported) and CQI for the first codeword; number of non-zero wideband amplitude coefficients per layer for Type II CSI feedback on PUSCH.
  • Figure 6 illustrates at 600 partial CSI omission for Rel. 15 PUSCH-Based CSI.
  • CSI Part 2 has a variable payload size that can be derived from the CSI parameters in CSI Part 1 and includes PMI and the CQI for the second codeword when RI > 4.
  • CSI reports can be prioritized according to: time-domain behavior and physical channel, where more dynamic reports are given precedence over less dynamic reports Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 49 and PUSCH has precedence over PUCCH; CSI content, where beam reports (e.g., L1-RSRP reporting) has priority over regular CSI reports; the serving cell to which the CSI corresponds (in case of CA operation).
  • beam reports e.g., L1-RSRP reporting
  • CSI corresponding to the Primary Cell (PCell) has priority over CSI corresponding to Secondary Cells (Scells); the reportConfigID.
  • a CSI report may include a CQI report quantity corresponding to channel quality assuming a target (e.g., maximum) transport block error rate, which indicates a modulation order, a code rate and a corresponding spectral efficiency associated with the modulation order and code rate pair. Examples of the target transport block error rates are 0.1 and 0.00001.
  • the modulation order can vary from QPSK up to 1024QAM, whereas the code rate may vary from 30/1024 up to 948/1024.
  • a CQI value may be reported in two formats: a wideband format, where one CQI value is reported corresponding to each PDSCH transport block, and a subband format, where one wideband CQI value is reported for the transport block, in addition to a set of subband CQI values corresponding to CQI subbands on which the transport block is transmitted.
  • CQI subband sizes are configurable, and depends on the number of PRBs in a bandwidth part (BWP), as shown in Table 5.
  • Table 4 Example of a 4-bit CQI table Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 50 CQI modulation code rate x efficiency index 1024 0 out of range 1 QPSK 78 0.1523 2 QPSK 120 0.2344 3 QPSK 193 0.3770 4 QPSK 308 0.6016 5 QPSK 449 0.8770 6 QPSK 602 1.1758 7 16QAM 378 1.4766 8 16QAM 490 1.9141 9 16QAM 616 2.4063 10 64QAM 466 2.7305 11 64QAM 567 3.3223 12 64QAM 666 3.9023 13 64QAM 772 4.5234 14 64QAM 873 5.1152 15 64QAM 948 5.5547 Table 5: Configurable subband sizes for a given BWP size Bandwidth part (PRBs) Subband size (PRBs) 24 – 72 4, 8 73 – 144 8, 16 145 – 275 16, 32 [01
  • Table 6 Mapping subband differential CQI value to offset level Sub-band differential CQI Offset level value 0 0 1 1 2 ⁇ 2 3 ⁇ -1 [0149] Also, note that multiple tables corresponding to mapping CQI indices to modulation and coding schemes may exist. For instance, Table 7 below may correspond to a first CQI table with modulation and coding schemes that correspond to eMBB-based transmission, whereas Table 8 below of the CQI may correspond to a first CQI table with modulation and coding schemes that correspond to URLLC-based transmission.
  • eMBB-based DL transmission and URLLC- based DL transmission correspond to two different thresholds of transport block error probability, where the threshold of the transport block error probability corresponding to the URLLC-based DL transmission, e.g., 0.00001 is lower than the threshold of the transport block error probability corresponding to the eMBB-based DL transmission, e.g., 0.1.
  • the threshold of the transport block error probability corresponding to the URLLC-based DL transmission e.g., 0.00001 is lower than the threshold of the transport block error probability corresponding to the eMBB-based DL transmission, e.g., 0.1.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates an example 700 of ASN-1 code for configuring an NZP-CSI-RS resource set, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • TRS is transmitted for establishing fine time and frequency synchronization at a UE to aid in demodulation of PDSCH, particularly for higher order modulations.
  • a TRS is an NZP CSI-RS resource set with “TRS-info” set to true.
  • TRS-info indicates that the antenna port for NZP-CSI-RS resources in the CSI-RS resource set is the same.
  • Figure 8 illustrates an example 800 of TRS configuration, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the two CSI-RS within a slot are separated by four symbols in the time domain.
  • This time-domain separation sets a limit for the frequency error (e.g., maximum) that can be compensated.
  • the frequency-domain separation of four subcarriers sets a limit for the timing error (e.g., maximum) that can be compensated.
  • the number of TRS a UE can be configured with is a UE capability. For example, the number of TRS resource sets (per component carrier (CC)) that a UE is able to track simultaneously: Candidate value set ⁇ 1 to 8 ⁇ . The number of TRS resource sets configured to UE per CC: Candidate value set: ⁇ 1 to 64 ⁇ . The UE can report at least 8 for FR1 and 16 for FR2.
  • an aperiodic TRS is a set of aperiodic CSI-RS for tracking that is optionally configured, but a periodic TRS can be configured, and its time and frequency domain configurations (except for the periodicity) and match those of the periodic TRS.
  • the UE may assume that the aperiodic TRS resources are quasi-co-located with the periodic TRS resources.
  • Figure 9 illustrates an example 900 of ASN-1 code for QCL information, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • a transmission configuration indicator (TCI) state (in example 900 and as configured by RRC) will have two QCL types (e.g., two RS) with the second QCL type for operation in FR2.
  • QCL TypeA properties Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread
  • QCL TypeC properties can be inferred from a synchronization signal block (SSB) block.
  • SSB synchronization signal block
  • the DMRS is subject to the same precoding as the PDSCH.
  • NR first defines two time-domain structures for DMRS according to the location of the first DMRS symbol. For example, mapping Type A, where the first DMRS is located in the second and the third symbol of the slot, and the DMRS is mapped relative to the start of the slot boundary, regardless of where in the slot the actual data transmission occurs. Further, mapping Type B, where the first DMRS is positioned in the first symbol of the data allocation, that Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 55 is, the DMRS location is not given relative to the slot boundary, rather relative to where the data are located.
  • the mapping of PDSCH transmission can be dynamically signaled as part of the DCI.
  • the DMRS has two types, Types 1 and 2, which are distinguished in frequency-domain mapping and the number (e.g., maximum number) of orthogonal RS.
  • Type 1 can provide up to four orthogonal signals using a single-symbol DMRS and up to eight orthogonal RS using a double- symbol DMRS.
  • ports 1000 and 1001 use even-numbered subcarriers and are separated in the code domain within the code-division multiplexing (CDM) group (length-2 orthogonal sequences in the frequency domain).
  • Antenna ports 1000 and 1001 belong to CDM group 0, since they use the same subcarriers.
  • CDM code-division multiplexing
  • FIG. 10 illustrates an example 1000 of ASN-1 code for PDSCH-Config IE, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 1000 illustrates an example 1100 of ASN-1 code for DMRS-DownlinkConfig, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the IE DMRS-DownlinkConfig is used to configure DL DMRS for PDSCH.
  • Figures 12 and 13 illustrate an example 1200 of DMRS patterns for mapping Type A with front-load DMRS, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the time domain mapping of the DMRS patterns can be decomposed to two parts. For example the first part defines the DMRS pattern used for the front-load DMRS, and then the second part defines a set of additional Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 56 DMRS symbols inside the scheduled data channel duration which are either single-symbols, or double-symbols, depending on the length of the front-load DMRS.
  • the UE may expect up to 4 DMRS symbols.
  • the location of the DMRS is defined by both higher-layer configuration and dynamic (DCI-based) signaling, such as dmrs-TypeA-Position, maxLength, and dmrs-AdditionalPosition.
  • DCI-based dynamic signaling
  • dmrs-TypeA-Position maxLength
  • dmrs-AdditionalPosition dmrs-AdditionalPosition.
  • double-symbol DMRS there can be up to one more double-symbol DMRS (total 4 DMRS symbols inside the PDSCH allocation).
  • Different DMRS patterns for mapping Type A with front-load DMRS are shown in the example 1200.
  • the UE may assume PDSCH DMRS and SS/ physical broadcast channel (PBCH) block antenna ports are quasi co-located with respect to Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, and spatial receiver (Rx) parameters (if applicable).
  • a CSI-RS for tracking can be used as a QCL reference (e.g., having larger bandwidth (BW) than an SS/ PBCH block).
  • BW bandwidth
  • the UE may assume that the PDSCH DMRS within the same CDM group are quasi co-located with respect to Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, and spatial Rx.
  • the UE may then perform a joint estimation of DMRS ports which are CDMed using the same long-term statistics, and the UE may not measure, or use, different long-term statistics for different DMRS ports of the same PDSCH.
  • codeword to layer mapping the UE may assume that complex-valued modulation symbols for each of the codewords to be transmitted are mapped onto one or several layers according to Table 9 below.
  • An antenna panel may be a hardware that is used for transmitting and/or receiving radio signals at frequencies lower than 6GHz, e.g., FR1, or higher than 6GHz, e.g., FR2 or millimeter wave (mmWave).
  • an antenna panel may include an array of antenna elements, where each antenna element is connected to hardware such as a phase shifter that allows a control module to apply spatial parameters for transmission and/or reception of signals.
  • an antenna panel may or may not be virtualized as an antenna port in the specifications.
  • An antenna panel may be connected to a baseband processing module through a radio frequency (RF) chain for each of transmission (egress) and reception (ingress) directions.
  • RF radio frequency
  • a capability of a device in terms of the number of antenna panels, their duplexing capabilities, their beamforming capabilities, and so on, may or may not be transparent to other devices.
  • capability information may be communicated via signaling or, in some implementations, capability information may be provided to devices without signaling.
  • a device e.g., UE, node
  • a device antenna panel may be a physical or logical antenna array including a set of antenna elements or antenna ports that share a common or a significant portion of an RF chain (e.g., in-phase/quadrature (I/Q) modulator, analog to digital (A/D) converter, local oscillator, phase shift network).
  • the device antenna panel or “device panel” may be a logical entity with physical device antennas mapped to the logical entity. The mapping of physical device antennas to the logical entity may be up to device implementation.
  • Communicating (receiving or transmitting) on at least a subset of antenna elements or antenna ports active for radiating energy (also referred to herein as active elements) of an antenna panel may use biasing or powering on of the RF chain which results in current drain or power consumption in the device associated with the antenna panel (including power amplifier/low noise amplifier (LNA) power consumption associated with the antenna elements or antenna ports).
  • LNA low noise amplifier
  • an antenna element that is active for radiating energy may be coupled to a transmitter to transmit radio frequency energy or to a receiver to receive radio frequency energy, either simultaneously or sequentially, or may be coupled to a transceiver in general, for performing its intended functionality. Communicating on the active elements of an antenna panel enables generation of radiation patterns or beams.
  • a “device panel” can have at least one of the following functionalities as an operational role of Unit of antenna group to control its Tx beam independently, Unit of antenna group to control its transmission power independently, Unit of antenna group to control its transmission timing independently.
  • the “device panel” may be transparent to gNB.
  • gNB or network can assume the mapping between device’s physical antennas to the logical entity “device panel” may not be changed.
  • the condition may include until the next update or report from device or include a duration of time over which the gNB assumes there will be no change to the mapping.
  • a device may report its capability with respect to the “device panel” to the gNB or network.
  • the device capability may include at least the number of “device panels”.
  • the device may support UL transmission from one beam within a panel; with multiple panels, more than one beam (one beam per panel) may be used for UL transmission. In another implementation, more than one beam per panel may be supported/used for UL transmission.
  • an antenna port is defined such that the channel over which a symbol on the antenna port is conveyed can be inferred from the channel over which another symbol on the same antenna port is conveyed.
  • Two antenna ports are said to be QCL if the large-scale properties of the channel over which a symbol on one antenna port is conveyed can be inferred from the channel over which a symbol on the other antenna port is conveyed.
  • the large-scale properties include one or more of delay spread, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average gain, average delay, and spatial Rx parameters.
  • Two antenna ports may be quasi-located with respect to a subset of the large-scale properties and different subset of large-scale properties may be indicated by a QCL Type.
  • the QCL Type can indicate which channel properties are the same between the two RS (e.g., on the two antenna ports).
  • Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 60
  • the RS can be linked to each other with respect to what the UE can assume about their channel statistics or QCL properties.
  • qcl-Type may take one of the following values: - 'QCL-TypeA': ⁇ Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread ⁇ - 'QCL-TypeB': ⁇ Doppler shift, Doppler spread ⁇ - 'QCL-TypeC': ⁇ Doppler shift, average delay ⁇ - 'QCL-TypeD': ⁇ Spatial Rx parameter ⁇ .
  • Spatial Rx parameters may include one or more of: Angle of Arrival (AoA,) Dominant AoA, average AoA, angular spread, Power Angular Spectrum (PAS) of AoA, average Angle of Departure (AoD), PAS of AoD, transmit/receive channel correlation, transmit/receive beamforming, spatial channel correlation etc.
  • AoA Angle of Arrival
  • PAS Power Angular Spectrum
  • AoD Average Angle of Departure
  • PAS Average Angle of Departure
  • transmit/receive channel correlation transmit/receive beamforming
  • QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB and QCL-TypeC may be applicable for carrier frequencies, but the QCL-TypeD may be applicable in higher carrier frequencies (e.g., mmWave, FR2 and beyond), where the UE may not be able to perform omni-directional transmission, e.g. the UE may form beams for directional transmission.
  • An “antenna port” may be a logical port that may correspond to a beam (resulting from beamforming) or may correspond to a physical antenna on a device.
  • a physical antenna may map directly to a single antenna port, in which an antenna port corresponds to an actual physical antenna.
  • a set or subset of physical antennas may be mapped to one or more antenna ports after applying complex weights, a cyclic delay, or both to the signal on each physical antenna.
  • the physical antenna set may have antennas from a single module or panel or from multiple modules or panels.
  • the weights may be fixed as in an antenna virtualization scheme, such as cyclic delay diversity (CDD).
  • CDD cyclic delay diversity
  • the procedure used to derive antenna ports from physical antennas may be specific to a device implementation and transparent to other devices.
  • a Transmission Configuration Indication (TCI) state associated with a target transmission can indicate parameters for configuring a quasi- collocation relationship between the target transmission (e.g., target RS of DMRS ports of the target Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 61 transmission during a transmission occasion) and a source RS(s) (e.g., SSB/CSI-RS/SRS) with respect to quasi co-location type parameter(s) indicated in the corresponding TCI state.
  • the TCI describes which RS are used as QCL source, and what QCL properties can be derived from each RS.
  • a device can receive a configuration of a plurality of transmission configuration indicator states for a serving cell for transmissions on the serving cell.
  • a TCI state includes at least one source RS to provide a reference (UE assumption) for determining QCL and/or spatial filter.
  • a spatial relation information associated with a target transmission can indicate parameters for configuring a spatial setting between the target transmission and a reference RS (e.g., SSB/CSI-RS/SRS).
  • the device may transmit the target transmission with the same spatial domain filter used for reception the reference RS (e.g., DL RS such as SSB/CSI-RS).
  • the device may transmit the target transmission with the same spatial domain transmission filter used for the transmission of the reference RS (e.g., UL RS such as SRS).
  • a device can receive a configuration of a plurality of spatial relation information configurations for a serving cell for transmissions on the serving cell.
  • a UL TCI state is provided if a device is configured with separate DL/UL TCI by RRC signaling.
  • the UL TCI state may include a source RS which provides a reference for determining UL spatial domain transmission filter for the UL transmission (e.g., dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH, dedicated PUCCH resources) in a CC or across a set of configured CCs/BWPs.
  • a joint DL/UL TCI state is provided if the device is configured with joint DL/UL TCI by RRC signaling (e.g., configuration of joint TCI or separate DL/UL TCI is based on RRC signaling).
  • the joint DL/UL TCI state refers to at least a common source reference RS used for determining both the DL QCL information and the UL spatial transmission filter.
  • the source RS determined from the indicated joint (or common) TCI state provides QCL Type-D indication (e.g., for device-dedicated PDCCH/PDSCH) and is used to determine UL spatial transmission filter (e.g., for UE-dedicated PUSCH/PUCCH) for a CC or across a set of configured CCs/BWPs.
  • the UL spatial transmission filter is derived from the RS of DL QCL Type D in the joint TCI state.
  • the spatial setting of the UL transmission Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT 62 may be according to the spatial relation with a reference to the source RS configured with qcl-Type set to 'typeD' in the joint TCI state.
  • the following discusses time, frequency, and phase synchronization issues in CJT.
  • the propagation delay e.g., maximum propagation delay
  • the propagation delay between the first and the last arriving path above a threshold corresponds to a measure of the delay spread, where an inverse of the delay spread is related to the coherence BW of the corresponding channel.
  • the propagation delay between the signal transmission from the two TRPs corresponds to a measure of the delay spread.
  • the delay spread, tDS corresponds to a propagation delay difference between the two nodes.
  • time synchronization mismatch can be caused by at least 3 factors: (1) Local clock synchronization errors. While it is assumed that the synchronization between cells can be ensured via satellite positioning, e.g., GPS-based, synchronization errors vary from 10 ns to up to 1; Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 63 (2) Hardware imperfections. Even if RRHs are synchronized via GPS, the signal transmission timeline is impacted by hardware issues (transmission delay due to RF issues); (3) Propagation delay. Delay due to the different time propagation of signals from two non-co-located sources to the same destination.
  • a symbol over one sub-carrier incurs a frequency-flat channel as long as the delay spread is within the Cyclic Prefix (CP) duration (See Table 10).
  • CP Cyclic Prefix
  • precoding resolution may be improved for channels with high delay spread, e.g., reduce PMI/CQI SB size, since a precoding unit may span multiple sub-carriers.
  • Frequency synchronization mismatch can be caused by at least 2 factors: (1) CFO: shift in carrier frequency at RF front end compared with nominal carrier frequency; (2) Doppler shift: caused by the relative motion of the receiver with respect to the transmitter(s).
  • a codebook type used for PMI reporting can vary, with flexibility for use different codebook types, e.g., Type-II Rel. 16 codebook, Type-II Rel. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 64 17 codebook, Type-II Rel. 18 codebook, etc.
  • a TRS can correspond to an NZP CSI-RS resource set with a parameter ‘trs-info’ being configured.
  • a CSI-RS for beam management can correspond to an NZP CSI-RS resource set with a parameter ‘repetition’ being configured.
  • a CSI-RS for CSI can correspond to an NZP CSI-RS resource set with neither parameters ‘trs-info’ nor ‘repetition’ being configured.
  • a matrix can imply a sequence of fields of an arbitrary dimension, including an array (vector) of values, a standard 2D matrix and more generally a Q-dimensional matrix (tensor) where Q ⁇ 2 is an integer value.
  • Implementations described herein support indication of synchronization information measurement and/or reporting.
  • a network can configure a UE with reporting synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency, or phase corresponding to DL CJT.
  • An indication of a configuration corresponding to reporting the synchronization information can be a combination of one or more of the following as discussed below.
  • an indication of a configuration corresponding to reporting the synchronization information can be included in a higher-layer parameter (e.g., sync-info, calibration-info) within a CSI-ReportConfig CSI Reporting Setting IE that configures the UE with reporting synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding to CJT.
  • the higher-layer parameter may appear in different sub-elements of the Reporting Setting IE.
  • An example of ASN.1 code that corresponds to such implementations is provided in Figures 14 and 15 for the CSI-ReportConfig Reporting Setting IE.
  • Figures 14 and 15 illustrate an example of ASN.1 code for an IE 1400 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the IE 1400 can be used to configure a UE with reporting synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding to CJT.
  • an indication of a configuration corresponding to reporting the synchronization information can be included in a higher-layer parameter 1402 (e.g., sync-info, calibration-info) within a CSI-ReportConfig CSI Reporting Setting IE that configures the UE with reporting synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 65 to CJT, such as the IE 1400.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates an example of ASN.1 code for an IE 1600.
  • the IE 1600 represents a CodebookConfig Codebook Configuration IE.
  • the higher- layer parameter e.g., calibration-info
  • the Codebook Configuration CodebookConfig IE e.g., CodebookConfig-r18.
  • the new parameter is a sub-parameter 1602 within the higher-layer parameter codebookType, whenever the Codebook Type is set to ‘typeII-CJT-r18’ or ‘typeII-CJT-PortSelection-r18’.
  • the configuration corresponding to reporting the synchronization information is indicated and/or inferred from a value of a higher-layer parameter corresponding to a report quantity of the CSI, e.g., reportQuantity.
  • Figure 17 illustrates an example of ASN.1 code for an IE 1700.
  • the IE 1700 illustrates where additional values of the reportQuantity parameter are configured.
  • a value of the higher-layer parameter reportQuantity that corresponds to a codepoint mapped to indication of a configuration corresponding to reporting the synchronization information (SI), e.g., SI, corresponding to the synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding to CJT.
  • SI synchronization information
  • the IE 1700 represents a CSI-ReportConfig Reporting Setting IE.
  • Figures 18 and 19 illustrate an example of ASN.1 code for an IE 1800.
  • the IE 1800 includes an additional parameter corresponding to a second reportQuantity parameter that is configured.
  • a second higher-layer parameter corresponding to a second Report quantity (e.g., reportQuantity1) can indicate configuration corresponding to reporting the synchronization information (SI).
  • the configuration corresponding to reporting the synchronization information is indicated or inferred from a value of a higher-layer parameter corresponding to a PDSCH configuration, e.g., pdsch-config.
  • Implementations described herein provide for TRP selection based on network- configured synchronization criteria. For instance, if a UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding to DL CJT, and if the UE is configured to perform a selection of a subset of TRPs from a set of TRPs Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • the UE can perform the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs based on a set of criteria corresponding to the synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding to DL CJT.
  • At least one criterion in the set of criteria is based on a first constraint on a time offset between two TRPs corresponding to DL CJT, where a time offset between the TRPs in the subset of TRPs is no larger than a first threshold value based on the first constraint.
  • the first threshold value is in a form of a fraction of a CP value associated with the DL transmission, e.g., the first threshold value is in a form ⁇ i ⁇ , where ⁇ i ⁇ is the CP duration value, ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ W and ⁇ is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @ ⁇ ⁇ , ⁇ , W , ⁇ , W , ⁇ D.
  • the duration value associated with the DL transmission e.g., the first threshold value is in a form ⁇ r ⁇ , where ⁇ r ⁇ is the symbol duration value, and ⁇ is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ zz , ⁇ z , ⁇ z , ⁇ z D.
  • the first threshold value is in a form of a fraction of a slot duration value associated with the DL transmission, e.g., the first threshold value is in a form ⁇ r ⁇ 7 ⁇ , where ⁇ r ⁇ 7 ⁇ is the slot duration value, and ⁇ is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @ ⁇ ⁇ zzz , ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ zz , ⁇ zz , ⁇ zz , ⁇ z D.
  • the first threshold value is in an order of a time value (e.g., absolute time value), e.g., microseconds or nanoseconds.
  • the first threshold value is higher-layer configured by the network e.g., configured within a DL configuration or a CSI reporting configuration.
  • the first threshold value is fixed and known to both the network node and the UE node.
  • the time offset corresponds to a measure of an average delay, a delay spread, inverse of a coherence BW of a channel, or a combination thereof.
  • at least one criterion in the set of criteria is based on a second constraint on a frequency offset between two TRPs corresponding to DL CJT, where a frequency offset between any TRPs in the subset of TRPs may be no larger than a second threshold value Attorney Docket No.
  • the second threshold value is in a form of a fraction of an SCS value associated with the DL transmission, e.g., the second threshold value is in a form ⁇ jij , where ⁇ jij is the SCS value, and ⁇ is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @ ⁇ ⁇ zz , ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ z , ⁇ z , ⁇ z D.
  • the second threshold value is in an order of a frequency value (e.g., frequency value) whose value takes on at least a subset of values ⁇ 10,15,30,60,100,150,200,300,500,1000 ⁇ Hz [0195]
  • the second threshold value is higher-layer configured by the network e.g., configured within a DL configuration or a CSI reporting configuration.
  • the second threshold value is fixed and known to both the network node and the UE node.
  • the frequency offset corresponds to a measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread, or a combination thereof.
  • At least one criterion in the set of criteria is based on a third constraint on a phase offset between two TRPs corresponding to DL CJT, where a phase offset between any TRPs in the subset of TRPs may be no larger than a third threshold value based on the third constraint.
  • the third threshold value is in a form of a fraction of a radian value, e.g., the third threshold value is in a form ⁇ , where ⁇ is the Pi value, and ⁇ is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ W ⁇ ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , W , ⁇ , W , ⁇ , 1 D.
  • the third threshold whose value takes on at least a subset of values ⁇ 10,15,30,45,60,90,120,135,180 ⁇ degrees.
  • the third threshold value is higher-layer configured by the network e.g., configured within a DL configuration or a CSI reporting configuration. In an example, the third threshold value is fixed and known to both the network node and the UE node. [0198] In implementations, the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs is based on a fourth constraint on a number (e.g., maximum number) of TCI states associated with the subset of TRPs, where the subset of TRPs are grouped to one or more groups of TRPs, a number of the one or more groups of TRPs is equal to the number of TCI states. In an example, the number of the one or more groups is two.
  • NZP CSI-RS resources associated with TRPs in a group of the one or more groups of TRPs are QCLed with a DMRS for PDSCH with respect to Type-A and Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 68 Type-D, if applicable.
  • two NZP CSI-RS resources associated with two TRPs associated with two groups of the one or more groups of TRPs are QCLed with the DMRS for PDSCH with respect to Type-C.
  • a number of the subset of TRPs is no more than double the number of the one or more groups of TRPs.
  • each TRP is associated with an RS with a distinct ID.
  • each TRP is associated with an SS/PBCH with a distinct SSBRI.
  • each TRP is associated with an NZP CSI-RS resource with a distinct CSI-RS resource ID, CRI, or a combination thereof.
  • each TRP is associated with a TRS with a distinct CSI-RS resource set.
  • each TRP is associated with a pair of RSs, including a TRS with a first ID and an NZP CSI-RS resource with a second ID.
  • a time, frequency configuration of the RS is based on whether a time offset value or a phase offset value is evaluated.
  • a subset of TRPs from a set of TRPs configured by the network for DL CJT is reported by the UE to the network in a UE-generated report fed back to the network over a physical UL channel.
  • the UE-generated report is a CSI report fed back in an aperiodic behavior based on a network configuration over a PUSCH, where the configuration is based on a DCI signal.
  • the UE-generated report is a CSI report fed back in a semi- persistent behavior based on a network configuration over a PUSCH, where the configuration is based on one of a DCI signal or a MAC-CE based signal.
  • the UE-generated report is a CSI report fed back in a semi-persistent behavior based on a network configuration over a PUCCH, where the configuration is based on one of a MAC-CE based signal or an RRC-based signal.
  • the UE-generated report is a CSI report fed back in a periodic behavior based on a network configuration over a PUCCH, where the configuration is based on one of a MAC-CE based signal or an RRC-based signal.
  • the UE-generated report is a CSI report where an indicator of the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs can be multiplexed with CSI report quantities, including at least one of CRI, SSBRI, PMI, Rank Indicator (RI), CQI, Layer Indicator (LI), L1-RSRP, L1-SINR, and TDCP.
  • the UE-generated report is a CSI report where an indicator of the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs can be multiplexed with TDCP.
  • the UE-generated report is a CSI report where an indicator of the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs corresponds to a standalone Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 69 CSI report corresponding to a CSI report quantity that cannot be multiplexed with other CSI report quantities.
  • the UE-generated report is a standalone report corresponding to a node, RRH, or a TRP selection-based report.
  • each TRP in the set of TRPs corresponds to a distinct NZP CSI-RS resource, a distinct TRS, or a combination thereof.
  • the UE-generated is report is associated with a priority value that is higher than a CSI report including at least one of CRI, SSBRI, PMI, RI, CQI, LI, L1-RSRP, L1-SINR, and TDCP, where the UE-generated report is multiplexed to an order that precedes the CSI report over one of PUSCH, PUCCH.
  • evaluations of the set of criteria associated with the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs are based on a time restriction parameter.
  • channel measurement resources corresponding to the evaluations of the set of criteria associated with the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs are configured with a time restriction for channel measurement.
  • the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs is based on the most recent (e.g., no later than a CSI reference resource) occasion of the channel measurement resource corresponding to an SS/PBCH, NZP CSI-RS, TRS or a combination thereof, which may be indicated within a CSI resource setting.
  • channel measurement resources corresponding to the evaluations of the set of criteria associated with the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs are not configured with a time restriction for channel measurement, where the selection is based on the SS/PBCH, NZP CSI-RS, TRS or a combination thereof, no later than a CSI reference resource associated with the CSI resource setting.
  • the channel measurement resources are not configured with a time restriction for channel measurement, a number of occasions of SS/PBCH, NZP CSI-RS, TRS or a combination thereof corresponding to the selection are configured by the network.
  • a time duration including at least one transmission occasions of SS/PBCH, NZP CSI-RS, TRS or a combination thereof is configured by the network, where the time duration is identified in a unit of at least one of millisecond, a slot, or a periodicity value of the SS/PBCH, the NZP CSI-RS or the TRS.
  • Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 70 [0205] Implementations described herein address RS configuration for time, frequency, and phase synchronization.
  • a UE configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding to DL CJT can be configured with receiving one or more RSs to enable measurement of the said time, frequency, and phase information.
  • RSs Several implementations are described below. According to implementations, one or more elements or features from one or more of the described implementations may be combined.
  • a UE is configured with TRS, where the TRS includes one or more CSI-RS resources, and a density of each CSI-RS resource of the one or more CSI-RS resources in the frequency domain is configured by the network.
  • the density of each CSI-RS resource is based on a number of TRPs associated with CJT, e.g., the more the number of TRPs, the higher the density of the CSI-RS resource.
  • the one or more CSI-RS resources are mapped to a same slot.
  • the UE is configured with multiple TRSs, each TRS is associated, mapped or QCLed with a distinct CSI-RS resource corresponding to a TRP.
  • each TRS of the multiple TRSs are associated with a same one or more CSI-RS resources.
  • one TRS of the multiple TRSs is periodic TRS, and a remainder of the multiple TRSs are aperiodic TRS.
  • the one TRS is associated with a reference TRP.
  • the UE is configured with TRS, where the TRS includes a plurality of CSI-RS resources, and a number of the CSI-RS resources in a slot is configured by the network.
  • a number of the plurality of CSI-RS resources in each TRS is based on a number of TRPs associated with CJT, e.g., the more the number of TRPs, the larger the number of the plurality of CSI-RS resources in each TRS.
  • the plurality of CSI-RS resources are mapped to a same slot.
  • the UE is configured with multiple TRSs, each TRS is associated, mapped or QCLed with a distinct CSI-RS resource corresponding to a TRP.
  • each TRS of the multiple TRSs are associated with a same one or more CSI-RS resources.
  • one TRS of the multiple TRSs is periodic TRS, and a remainder of the multiple TRSs are aperiodic TRS.
  • the one TRS is associated with a reference TRP.
  • the UE is configured with a plurality of NZP CSI-RS resources, where each CSI-RS resource is associated with a distinct TRP.
  • the NZP CSI-RS resources are configured with periodic or semi-persistent time-domain behavior, and where the NZP Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 71 CSI-RS resources are configured with a same periodicity value and a slot offset such that the NZP CSI-RS resources are transmitted in a same or consecutive slots.
  • the NZP CSI-RS resources are configured with aperiodic time-domain behavior, and where the NZP CSI-RS resources are triggered with a same trigger.
  • each NZP CSI-RS resource of the plurality of NZP CSI-RS resources is associated with a same frequency density, and where the frequency density.
  • Implementations described herein support UE-assisted reporting of synchronization information. For instance, if a UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding to DL CJT, the UE can report at least one of time, frequency and phase synchronization information corresponding to DL CJT.
  • Several implementations are described below. According to implementations, one or more elements or features from one or more of the described implementations may be combined.
  • the UE can report one or more time offset values between a group of TRPs, e.g., K TRPs, corresponding to DL CJT.
  • a time offset value of the reported one or more time offset values is in a form of a fraction of a CP value associated with the DL transmission, e.g., the time offset value is in a form ⁇ i ⁇ , where ⁇ i ⁇ is the CP duration value, and ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ W is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @ ⁇ , ⁇ , W , ⁇ , W , ⁇ D and where an or more time offset values is in a form of a fraction of a symbol duration value associated with the DL transmission, e.g., the time offset value is in a form ⁇ r ⁇ , where ⁇ r ⁇ is the symbol duration value, and ⁇ is a coefficient whose value takes on at least
  • a time offset value of the reported one or more time offset values is in a form of a fraction of a slot duration value associated with the DL transmission, e.g., the first threshold value is in a form ⁇ r ⁇ 7 ⁇ , where ⁇ r ⁇ 7 ⁇ is the slot duration value, and ⁇ is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @ ⁇ , ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ , , ⁇ , D and where an indication of zz ⁇ z the value of ⁇ is reported.
  • a time offset value of the reported one or more time offset values is in an order of a time value (e.g., absolute time value), e.g., microseconds or nanoseconds, Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 72 and where an indication of the time offset value is reported from a codebook of pre-determined time offset values, e.g., absolute time offset values.
  • a number of the one or more time offset values reported is equal to a number of the group of TRPs less one, e.g., a ⁇ 1 values, where the one or more time offset values are computed with respect to a reference TRP.
  • an index of the reference TRP is one of configured by the network, reported by the UE, or identified based on a rule involving an index value of an RS associated with the TRP.
  • the time offset corresponds to a measure of an average delay, a delay spread, or a combination thereof.
  • the UE can report one or more frequency offset values between a group of TRPs, e.g., K TRPs, corresponding to DL CJT.
  • a frequency offset value of the reported one or more time offset values is in a form of a fraction of an SCS value associated with the DL transmission, e.g., the second threshold value is in a form ⁇ jij , where ⁇ jij is the SCS value, and ⁇ is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ zz , ⁇ z , ⁇ z , ⁇ z D and where an indication of the value of ⁇ is reported.
  • a value of the reported one or more frequency offset values is in an order of a frequency value (e.g., absolute frequency value) whose value takes on at least a subset of values ⁇ 10,15,30,60,100,150,200,300,500,1000 ⁇ Hz, and where an indication of the frequency offset value is reported from a codebook of pre-determined frequency offset values, e.g., absolute frequency offset values.
  • a number of the one or more frequency offset values reported is equal to a number of the group of TRPs less one, e.g., a ⁇ 1 values, where the one or more frequency offset values are computed with respect to a reference TRP.
  • an index of the reference TRP is one of configured by the network, reported by the UE, or identified based on a rule involving an index value of an RS associated with the TRP.
  • the frequency offset corresponds to a measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread, or a combination thereof.
  • the UE is configured to report one or more phase offset values between a group of TRPs, e.g., K TRPs, corresponding to DL CJT.
  • a phase offset value of the reported one or more phase offset values is in a form of a fraction of a radian value, e.g., the phase offset value is in a form ⁇ , where ⁇ is the Pi value, and ⁇ is a coefficient whose Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT 73 value takes on at least a subset of values @ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ W ⁇ ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , W , ⁇ , W , ⁇ , 1 D and where an indication of the or more phase offset of values ⁇ 10,15,30,45,60,90,120,135,180 ⁇ degrees, and where an indication of the phase offset value (e.g., absolute phase offset value) is reported from a codebook of pre-determined phase offset values, e.g., absolute phase offset values.
  • a number of the one or more phase offset values reported is equal to a number of the group of TRPs less one, e.g., a ⁇ 1 values, where the one or more phase offset values are computed with respect to a reference TRP.
  • an index of the reference TRP is one of configured by the network, reported by the UE, or identified based on a rule involving an index value of an RS associated with the TRP.
  • each TRP is associated with an RS with a distinct ID.
  • each TRP is associated with an SS/PBCH with a distinct SSBRI.
  • each TRP is associated with an NZP CSI-RS resource with a distinct CSI-RS resource ID, CRI, or a combination thereof.
  • each TRP is associated with a TRS with a distinct CSI-RS resource set.
  • each TRP is associated with a pair of RSs, including a TRS with a first ID and an NZP CSI-RS resource with a second ID.
  • a time, frequency configuration of the RS is based on whether a time offset value or a phase offset value is evaluated or reported.
  • the reported time offset values, the reported frequency offset values, the reported phase offset values, or a combination thereof are reported by the UE to the network in a UE-generated report fed back to the network over a physical UL channel.
  • the UE- generated report is a CSI report fed back in an aperiodic behavior based on a network configuration over a PUSCH, where the configuration is based on a DCI signal.
  • the UE-generated report is a CSI report fed back in a semi-persistent behavior based on a network configuration over a PUSCH, where the configuration is based on one of a DCI signal or a MAC-CE based signal.
  • the UE-generated report is a CSI report fed back in a semi- persistent behavior based on a network configuration over a PUCCH, where the configuration is based on one of a MAC-CE based signal or an RRC-based signal.
  • the UE-generated report is a CSI report fed back in a periodic behavior based on a network configuration over a PUCCH, where the configuration is based on one of a MAC-CE based signal or an RRC-based Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 74 signal.
  • the UE-generated report is a CSI report where an indicator of the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs can be multiplexed with CSI report quantities, including at least one of CRI, SSBRI, PMI, RI, CQI, LI, L1-RSRP, L1-SINR, and TDCP.
  • the UE-generated report is a CSI report where an indicator of the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs can be multiplexed with TDCP.
  • the UE-generated report is a standalone CSI report corresponding to a CSI report quantity that cannot be multiplexed with other CSI report quantities.
  • the UE-generated report is a standalone report corresponding to a synchronization information, calibration information, pre- compensation information, or a combination thereof.
  • the UE-generated is report is associated with a priority value that is higher than a CSI report including at least one of CRI, SSBRI, PMI, RI, CQI, LI, L1-RSRP, L1-SINR, and TDCP, where the UE-generated report is multiplexed to an order that precedes the CSI report over one of PUSCH, PUCCH.
  • evaluations of the reported time offset values, the reported frequency offset values, the reported phase offset values, or a combination thereof are based on a time restriction parameter.
  • channel measurement resources corresponding to the evaluations of the reported time offset values, the reported frequency offset values, the reported phase offset values, or a combination thereof are configured with a time restriction for channel measurement, where the selection can be based on the most recent (e.g., no later than a CSI reference resource) occasion of the channel measurement resource, corresponding to an SS/PBCH, NZP CSI-RS, TRS or a combination thereof, which may be indicated within a CSI resource setting.
  • channel measurement resources corresponding to the evaluations of the reported time offset values, the reported frequency offset values, the reported phase offset values, or a combination thereof are not configured with a time restriction for channel measurement, where the selection is based on the SS/PBCH, NZP CSI-RS, TRS or a combination thereof, no later than a CSI reference resource associated with the CSI resource setting.
  • the channel measurement resources are not configured with a time restriction for channel measurement, a number of occasions of SS/PBCH, NZP CSI-RS, TRS or a combination thereof corresponding to the evaluation are configured by the network.
  • a time duration including at least one transmission occasions of SS/PBCH, NZP CSI-RS, TRS or a combination thereof is Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 75 configured by the network, where the time duration is identified in a unit of at least one of millisecond, a slot, or a periodicity value of the SS/PBCH, the NZP CSI-RS or the TRS.
  • the UE is configured to report one or more time offset values, frequency offset values, phase offset values, or a combination thereof, between a group of TRPs, e.g., K TRPs, corresponding to DL CJT, where the group of TRPs is the selected subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs configured by the network.
  • a group of TRPs e.g., K TRPs, corresponding to DL CJT
  • the group of TRPs is the selected subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs configured by the network.
  • indicators of the selected subset of TRPs are reported in the UE-generated report.
  • each TRP of the selected subset of TRPs is identified based on an order of reporting the selected subset of TRPs in the UE-generated report.
  • the network can shift a transmission of a DMRS for a physical DL channel in time domain from at least one TRP of the group of TRPs, based on a time offset value reported by the UE that is associated with the at least one TRP.
  • the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDSCH.
  • the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDCCH.
  • the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in time domain is equivalent to a negative value of the time offset value reported by the UE, relative to a reference time offset value associated with a reference TRP.
  • the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in time domain is based on a value selected from a grid of values with a uniform time gap, and where the shift of the transmission is equivalent to the value from the grid of values that is closest to the negative value of the time offset value reported by the UE.
  • the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in time domain is based on a value that ensures a delay spread associated with the transmission is no larger than a threshold value, the threshold value is either fixed or configured by the network.
  • a transmission of a DMRS in time domain associated with the reference TRP is not indicated to be shifted. Note that such implementations can be helpful even if the overall delay spread exceeds the cyclic prefix of the OFDM frame structure prior to pre- compensation, since the pre-compensation helps reduce the overall delay spread.
  • Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 76
  • the network is configured to shift a transmission of a DMRS in frequency domain from at least one TRP of the group of TRPs, based on a frequency offset value reported by the UE that is associated with the at least one TRP.
  • the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDSCH. In an example, the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDCCH.
  • the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in frequency domain is equivalent to a negative value of the frequency offset value reported by the UE, relative to a reference frequency offset value associated with a reference TRP. In an example, the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in frequency domain is based on a value selected from a grid of values with a uniform frequency gap, and where the shift of the transmission is equivalent to the value from the grid of values that is closest to the negative value of the frequency offset value reported by the UE.
  • the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in frequency domain is based on a value that ensures a Doppler related value, e.g., Doppler spread, associated with the transmission is no larger than a threshold value, and the threshold value can be fixed or configured by the network.
  • a transmission of a DMRS in frequency domain associated with the reference TRP is not to be shifted.
  • the network is configured to shift a transmission phase of a DMRS from at least one TRP of the group of TRPs based on a phase offset value reported by the UE that is associated with the at least one TRP.
  • the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDSCH.
  • the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDCCH.
  • the shift of the transmission phase of the DMRS is equivalent to a negative value of the phase offset value reported by the UE, relative to a reference phase offset value associated with a reference TRP.
  • the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in phase domain is based on a value selected from a grid of values with a uniform angular spacing, and where the shift of the transmission is equivalent to the value from the grid of values that is closest to the negative value of the phase offset value reported by the UE.
  • a transmission phase of a DMRS associated with the reference TRP is not to be shifted.
  • a subband size of a PMI, CQI or a combination thereof is configured based on the time offset values reported by the UE.
  • the time offset values are used to compute an estimate of a delay spread value associated with CJT.
  • the estimate of the delay spread value is used to compute an estimate of a coherence BW of the channel.
  • Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 77
  • a subband size of at least one of the PMI, CQI is based on the estimate of the delay spread value, the estimate of the coherence BW of the channel, or a combination thereof.
  • the subband size of at least one of the PMI, CQI is reported in the UE-generated report.
  • the subband size of the PMI is reported in terms of a number of PMI subbands in a CQI subband. Note that this implementation can enable flattening the channel response over a PMI/CQI subband, assuming that the channel is flat per sub-carrier, e.g., the overall delay spread is already no larger than a cyclic prefix of the OFDM frame structure.
  • One advantage of this approach is that it may use no pre-compensation of DL RS and PDSCH/PDCCH transmission for CJT, which enables it to operate in MU-MIMO scenarios.
  • a CSI reporting periodicity is configured based on frequency offset values reported by the UE.
  • the frequency offset values are used to compute an estimate of a Doppler-related parameter value associated with CJT.
  • the estimate of the Doppler-related parameter value is used to compute an estimate of a periodicity of CSI reporting.
  • the estimate of the periodicity of the CSI reporting is reported in the UE- generated report.
  • the estimate of the periodicity of the CSI reporting is reported in terms of a number of slots or in an order of milliseconds.
  • a UE can transmit one or more UL RSs.
  • the one or more UL RSs are shifted in at least one of time, frequency, and phase according to the measurement of the synchronization information for the at least one of time, frequency and phase, and the measurement is based on corresponding DL RSs corresponding to DL CJT.
  • TRPs associated with DL CJT can shift at least one of a transmission time, transmission frequency, and transmission phase of a corresponding DMRS based on a measurement of the received time, frequency, and phase shift of the one or more UL RS.
  • the UE is associated with a plurality of CSI-RS resources corresponding to a plurality of TRPs, where each CSI-RS resource of the plurality of CSI-RS resources is associated with a distinct SRS resource.
  • each SRS resource is associated Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 78 with a CSI-RS resource, where an ID of the CSI-RS resource is indicated within spatial relation information of the SRS configuration associated with the SRS resource.
  • the plurality of SRS resources are periodic, and are transmitted on either a same slot with different comb offsets or on consecutive slots.
  • the plurality of SRS resources are semi-persistent, and are transmitted on either a same slot with different comb offsets or on consecutive slots, and are transmitted on either a same slot with different comb offsets or on consecutive slots via a common trigger signal.
  • the plurality of SRS resources are aperiodic, and are transmitted on either a same slot with different comb offsets or on consecutive slots via a common trigger signal.
  • each SRS resource of the plurality of SRS resources is associated with a same SRS density in time and frequency, e.g., a number of SRS symbols of each SRS resource is the same, a number of sub-carriers occupied by each SRS resource is the same, and a number of OFDM symbols occupied by each SRS resource is the same.
  • the UE is associated with a plurality of CSI-RS resources corresponding to a plurality of TRPs, where each CSI-RS resource of the plurality of CSI-RS resources is associated with a distinct SRS resource partition.
  • an SRS resource partition corresponds to a subset of ports of the SRS resource.
  • a first SRS resource partition corresponds to a first group of SRS symbols of an SRS resource in a first OFDM symbol
  • a second SRS resource partition corresponds to a second group of SRS symbols of the SRS resource in a second OFDM symbol of the OFDM symbol, where the SRS resource is configured with repetition and the second group of SRS symbols are a repetition of the first group of SRS symbols.
  • the SRS resource is associated with a plurality of CSI-RS resources, where IDs of the plurality of the CSI-RS resources are indicated within spatial relation information of the SRS configuration associated with the SRS resource.
  • each SRS resource partition of the plurality of SRS resource partitions is associated with a same density in time and frequency, e.g., a number of SRS symbols of each SRS resource partition is the same, a number of sub-carriers occupied by each SRS resource partition is the same, and a number of OFDM symbols occupied by each SRS resource partition is the same.
  • the UE can shift a transmission of at least one UL RS in time domain based on a time offset value associated with the at least one TRP.
  • the UL RS corresponds to an SRS resource or a DMRS for PUSCH.
  • the UL RS corresponds to Attorney Docket No.
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • the shift of the transmission of the UL RS in time domain is equivalent to a value of a measured time offset associated with a DL RS of one TRP, relative to a reference time offset value associated with a reference TRP.
  • the shift of the transmission of the UL RS in time domain is based on a value selected from a codebook of values.
  • the UE transmits a plurality of UL RSs associated with the plurality of TRPs corresponding to CJT.
  • a transmission of an UL RS in time domain associated with the reference TRP is not to be shifted in time value based on a corresponding time offset value measured via the DL RS associated with the reference TRP.
  • the UE is configured to shift a transmission of at least one UL RS in frequency domain based on a time offset value associated with the at least one TRP.
  • the UL RS corresponds to an SRS resource or a DMRS for PUSCH.
  • the UL RS corresponds to a preamble signal over a PRACH.
  • the shift of the transmission of the UL RS in frequency domain is equivalent to a value of a measured frequency offset associated with a DL RS of one TRP, relative to a reference frequency offset value associated with a reference TRP; In an example, the shift of the transmission of the UL RS in frequency domain is based on a value selected from a codebook of values.
  • the UE transmits a plurality of UL RSs associated with the plurality of TRPs corresponding to CJT.
  • a transmission of an UL RS in frequency domain associated with the reference TRP is not to be shifted in frequency value based on a corresponding frequency offset value measured via the DL RS associated with the reference TRP.
  • the UE is configured to shift a transmission of at least one UL RS in phase domain based on a phase offset value associated with the at least one TRP.
  • the UL RS corresponds to an SRS resource or a DMRS for PUSCH.
  • the UL RS corresponds to a preamble signal over a PRACH.
  • the shift of the transmission of the UL RS in phase domain is equivalent to a value of a measured phase offset associated with a DL RS of one TRP, relative to a reference phase offset value associated with a reference TRP.
  • the shift of the transmission of the UL RS in phase domain is based on a value selected from a codebook of values.
  • the UE transmits a plurality of UL RSs associated with the plurality of TRPs corresponding to CJT.
  • a transmission of an UL RS in phase Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 80 domain associated with the reference TRP is not to be shifted in phase value based on a corresponding phase offset value measured via the DL RS associated with the reference TRP.
  • the UE is configured with transmitting one or more UL RSs, and where the UE is further configured to receive a plurality of timing advance commands associated with a group of TRPs corresponding to CJT.
  • the one or more UL RSs correspond to an SRS, a DMRS for PUSCH, or a combination thereof.
  • the UL RS corresponds to a preamble signal over a PRACH.
  • each TRP of the group of TRPs is associated with a timing advance value that is signaled by the network to the TRP, where each timing advance value is associated with a distinct DL RS ID corresponding to a distinct TRP.
  • each timing advance value of the plurality of timing advance values is associated with a distinct SRS, the SRS is configured with usage set to one of Beam Management (BM) or synchronization.
  • BM Beam Management
  • the timing advance command is based on MAC CE.
  • the timing advance value is based on a negative value of a time shift of a corresponding UL RS received at the network.
  • the UE is configured with transmitting one or more UL RSs, and where the UE is further configured to receive a plurality of frequency adjustment commands associated with a group of TRPs corresponding to CJT.
  • the one or more UL RSs correspond to an SRS, a DMRS for PUSCH, or a combination thereof.
  • the UL RS corresponds to a preamble signal over a PRACH.
  • each TRP of the group of TRPs is associated with a frequency adjustment value that is signaled by the network to the TRP, where each frequency adjustment value is associated with a distinct DL RS ID corresponding to a distinct TRP.
  • each frequency adjustment value of the plurality of frequency adjustment values is associated with a distinct SRS, the SRS is configured with usage set to one of BM or synchronization.
  • the frequency adjustment command is based on MAC CE.
  • the frequency adjustment value is based on a negative value of a frequency shift of a corresponding UL RS received at the network.
  • the UE is configured with transmitting one or more UL RSs, and where the UE is further configured to receive a plurality of phase adjustment commands associated with a group of TRPs corresponding to CJT.
  • the one or more UL RSs correspond to Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 81 an SRS, a DMRS for PUSCH, or a combination thereof.
  • the UL RS corresponds to a preamble signal over a PRACH.
  • each TRP of the group of TRPs is associated with a phase adjustment value that is signaled by the network to the TRP, where each phase adjustment value is associated with a distinct DL RS ID corresponding to a distinct TRP.
  • each phase adjustment value of the plurality of phase adjustment values is associated with a distinct SRS, the SRS is configured with usage set to one of BM or synchronization.
  • the phase adjustment command is based on MAC CE.
  • the phase adjustment value is based on a negative value of a phase shift of a corresponding UL RS received at the network.
  • the UE is configured with receiving a plurality of DL RSs, and where a UE reports a MAC-CE signal including one or more timing advance values associated with the DL RSs corresponding to DL CJT.
  • each DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs is mapped to a distinct timing advance value.
  • each DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs corresponds to a TRS with a CSI-RS resource set ID, a CRI, an SSBRI, or a combination thereof.
  • one DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs is indicated as a reference resource associated with a reference TRP, and each DL RS of a remainder of the plurality of DL RSs is mapped to a distinct timing advance value.
  • each timing advance value is a multiple value of a basic time unit value corresponding to a frame structure of NR, e.g., based on a function of a largest SCS and an FFT size associated with the frame structure.
  • the UE is configured with receiving a plurality of DL RSs, and where a UE reports a MAC-CE signal including one or more frequency adjustment values associated with the DL RSs corresponding to DL CJT.
  • each DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs is mapped to a distinct frequency adjustment value.
  • each DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs corresponds to a TRS with a CSI-RS resource set ID, a CRI, an SSBRI, or a combination thereof.
  • one DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs is indicated as a reference resource associated with a reference TRP, and each DL RS of a remainder of the plurality of DL RSs is mapped to a distinct phase adjustment value.
  • each frequency adjustment value is a multiple value of a basic frequency unit value corresponding to a frame structure of NR, e.g., SCS value or smallest possible SCS value.
  • the UE is configured with receiving a plurality of DL RSs, and where a UE reports a MAC-CE signal including one or more phase adjustment values associated Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 82 with the DL RSs corresponding to DL CJT.
  • each DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs is mapped to a distinct phase adjustment value.
  • each DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs corresponds to a TRS with a CSI-RS resource set ID, a CRI, an SSBRI, or a combination thereof.
  • one DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs is indicated as a reference resource associated with a reference TRP, and each DL RS of a remainder of the plurality of DL RSs is mapped to a distinct phase adjustment value.
  • the network can shift a transmission of a DMRS for a physical DL channel in time domain from at least one TRP of the group of TRPs, based on a time offset value of a corresponding UL RS associated with at least one TRP.
  • the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDSCH. In an example, the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDCCH. In an example, the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in time domain is equivalent to a one half of a negative value of the time offset value measured from the corresponding UL RS In implementations, a transmission of a DMRS in time domain associated with a reference TRP is not to be shifted. [0243] In implementations, the network is configured to shift a transmission of a DMRS in frequency domain from at least one TRP of the group of TRPs, based on a frequency offset value of a corresponding UL RS associated with at least one TRP.
  • the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDSCH. In an example, the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDCCH. In an example, the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in frequency domain is equivalent to a one half of a negative value of the frequency offset value measured from the corresponding UL RS. In an example, a transmission of a DMRS in frequency domain associated with a reference TRP is not to be shifted. [0244] In implementations, the network is configured to shift a transmission phase of a DMRS from at least one TRP of the group of TRPs, based on a phase offset value of a corresponding UL RS associated with at least one TRP.
  • the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDSCH. In an example, the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDCCH. In an example, the shift of the transmission phase of the DMRS is equivalent to a one half of a negative value of the phase offset value measured from the corresponding UL RS. In an example, a transmission phase of a DMRS associated with a reference TRP is not to be shifted.
  • Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 83 [0245]
  • Figure 20 illustrates an example of a UE 2000 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the UE 2000 may include a processor 2002, a memory 2004, a controller 2006, and a transceiver 2008.
  • the processor 2002, the memory 2004, the controller 2006, or the transceiver 2008, or various combinations thereof or various components thereof may be examples of means for performing various aspects of the present disclosure as described herein. These components may be coupled (e.g., operatively, communicatively, functionally, electronically, electrically) via one or more interfaces.
  • the processor 2002, the memory 2004, the controller 2006, or the transceiver 2008, or various combinations or components thereof may be implemented in hardware (e.g., circuitry).
  • the hardware may include a processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or other programmable logic device, or any combination thereof configured as or otherwise supporting a means for performing the functions described in the present disclosure.
  • the processor 2002 may include an intelligent hardware device (e.g., a general-purpose processor, a DSP, a CPU, an ASIC, an FPGA, or any combination thereof).
  • the processor 2002 may be configured to operate the memory 2004.
  • the memory 2004 may be integrated into the processor 2002.
  • the processor 2002 may be configured to execute computer-readable instructions stored in the memory 2004 to cause the UE 2000 to perform various functions of the present disclosure.
  • the memory 2004 may include volatile or non-volatile memory.
  • the memory 2004 may store computer-readable, computer-executable code including instructions when executed by the processor 2002 cause the UE 2000 to perform various functions described herein.
  • the code may be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as the memory 2004 or another type of memory.
  • Computer-readable media includes both non-transitory computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a non-transitory storage medium may be any available medium that may be accessed by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer.
  • the processor 2002 and the memory 2004 coupled with the processor 2002 may be configured to cause the UE 2000 to perform one or more of the functions Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to or operable to support a means for receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the UE is further configured with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; selecting a subset of the set of NE based at least in part on the set of criteria; and transmitting a report including an indication of the selected subset of the set of NE.
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of receiving, from the at least one NE, one or more of: configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; or the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information;
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including the respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a N
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE; the DL RS Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT 85 includes a TRS; a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the method further includes receive each TRS in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other TRSs in the set of TRSs; the DL RS includes NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, and where each NZP CSI-RS resource in a set of NZP CSI-RS resources corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the first threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub- carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 86 group of CRI values, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values corresponding to a report quantity, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values in a standalone report corresponding to joint transmission from the set of NE; or combinations thereof.
  • the UE 2000 may support at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2004) and at least one processor (e.g., the processor 2002) coupled with the at least one memory and configured to cause the UE to receive, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the UE is further configured with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; select a subset of the set of NE based at least in part on the set of criteria; and transmit a report including an indication of the selected subset of the set of NE.
  • the UE may support at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2004) and at least one processor (e.g., the processor 2002) coupled with the at least one memory and configured to cause the UE
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive, from the at least one NE, one or more of: configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; or the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information;
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including the respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PB
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE;
  • the DL RS includes a TRS; a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the first threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub- carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to or operable to support a means for receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and transmitting a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE.
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of receiving, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TR
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; generating an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values; transmitting the estimate of the subband size; at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value
  • the UE 2000 may support at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2004) and at least one processor (e.g., the processor 2002) coupled with the at least one memory and configured to cause the UE to receive, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and transmit a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE.
  • a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE.
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to generate an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to transmit the estimate of the subband size; at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to generate an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to transmit the estimate of CSI reporting periodicity; the synchronization information includes one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; a NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE.
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to or operable to support a means for receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the is UE configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and applying at least one of a time shift, a frequency shift, or a phase shift to a transmission of a group of UL RSs according to the measurement of the synchronization information.
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of receiving, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of the synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the set of criteria; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the group of
  • each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource in the group of UL RSs.
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs; the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; transmitted on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof; the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of applying at least one of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift to the transmission of the group of UL RSs relative to one or more of a reference time shift, a reference frequency shift, or a reference phase shift respectively associated with a reference NE in the set of NE, the reference NE associated with a DL RS and a UL RS; the reference NE is identified by one or more of: an order of an ID of the DL RS; an order of an ID of the UL RS; an indication parameter configured by the reference NE; indicated by the UE via physical or MAC-CE based signaling; or combinations thereof; receiving DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for PDCCH; causing the UE to apply a zero value to one or more of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift; receiving a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources configured with a usage set to one of beam management or beam tracking; receiving the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value via a MAC-CE message; transmitting a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; transmitting the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL
  • the UE 2000 may support at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2004) and at least one processor (e.g., the processor 2002) coupled with the at least one memory and configured to cause the UE to receive, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and apply at least one of a time shift, a frequency shift, or a phase shift to a transmission of a group of UL RSs according to the measurement of the synchronization information.
  • the UE may support at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2004) and at least one processor (e.g., the processor 2002) coupled with the at least one memory and configured to cause the UE to receive, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of the synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher- layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the set of criteria; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement Attorney Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 94 identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource in the group of UL RSs.
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs;
  • the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; transmitted on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof;
  • the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of: a subset of
  • the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the reference NE is identified by one or more of: an order of an ID of the DL RS; an order of an ID of the UL RS; an indication parameter configured by the reference NE; indicated by the UE via physical or MAC-CE based signaling; or combinations thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for PDCCH; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to apply a zero value to one or more of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift; the at least one Attorney Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 95 processor is configured to cause the UE to receive a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to a plurality of at least one of a time drift, frequency drift, or a phase drift of the group of UL RSs;
  • the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources configured with a usage set to one of beam management or beam tracking;
  • the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value are received via a MAC-CE message;
  • the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to transmit a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE; each
  • the controller 2006 may manage input and output signals for the UE 2000.
  • the controller 2006 may also manage peripherals not integrated into the UE 2000.
  • the controller 2006 may utilize an operating system such as iOS®, ANDROID®, WINDOWS®, or other operating systems.
  • the controller 2006 may be implemented as part of the processor 2002.
  • the UE 2000 may include at least one transceiver 2008. In some other implementations, the UE 2000 may have more than one transceiver 2008.
  • the transceiver 2008 may represent a wireless transceiver.
  • the transceiver 2008 may include one or more receiver chains 2010, one or more transmitter chains 2012, or a combination thereof.
  • a receiver chain 2010 may be configured to receive signals (e.g., control information, data, packets) over a wireless medium.
  • the receiver chain 2010 may include one or more antennas to receive a signal over the air or wireless medium.
  • the receiver chain 2010 may include at least one amplifier (e.g., a low-noise amplifier (LNA)) configured to amplify the received signal.
  • the receiver chain 2010 may include at least one demodulator configured to demodulate the receive signal and obtain the transmitted data by reversing the modulation technique applied during Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 96 transmission of the signal.
  • LNA low-noise amplifier
  • the receiver chain 2010 may include at least one decoder for decoding the demodulated signal to receive the transmitted data.
  • a transmitter chain 2012 may be configured to generate and transmit signals (e.g., control information, data, packets).
  • the transmitter chain 2012 may include at least one modulator for modulating data onto a carrier signal, preparing the signal for transmission over a wireless medium.
  • the at least one modulator may be configured to support one or more techniques such as amplitude modulation (AM), frequency modulation (FM), or digital modulation schemes like phase-shift keying (PSK) or quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM).
  • the transmitter chain 2012 may also include at least one power amplifier configured to amplify the modulated signal to an appropriate power level suitable for transmission over the wireless medium.
  • FIG. 21 illustrates an example of a processor 2100 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the processor 2100 may be an example of a processor configured to perform various operations in accordance with examples as described herein.
  • the processor 2100 may include a controller 2102 configured to perform various operations in accordance with examples as described herein.
  • the processor 2100 may optionally include at least one memory 2104, which may be, for example, an L1/L2/L3 cache. Additionally, or alternatively, the processor 2100 may optionally include one or more arithmetic-logic units (ALUs) 2106.
  • ALUs arithmetic-logic units
  • the processor 2100 may be a processor chipset and include a protocol stack (e.g., a software stack) executed by the processor chipset to perform various operations (e.g., receiving, obtaining, retrieving, transmitting, outputting, forwarding, storing, determining, identifying, accessing, writing, reading) in accordance with examples as described herein.
  • a protocol stack e.g., a software stack
  • the processor chipset may include one or more cores, one or more caches (e.g., memory local to or included in the processor chipset (e.g., the processor 2100) or other memory (e.g., random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), synchronous dynamic RAM (SDRAM), static RAM (SRAM), ferroelectric RAM (FeRAM), magnetic RAM (MRAM), resistive RAM (RRAM), flash memory, phase change memory (PCM), and others).
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • DRAM dynamic RAM
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic RAM
  • SRAM static RAM
  • FeRAM ferroelectric RAM
  • MRAM magnetic RAM
  • RRAM resistive RAM
  • flash memory phase change memory
  • PCM phase change memory
  • the controller 2102 may be configured to manage and coordinate various operations (e.g., signaling, receiving, obtaining, retrieving, transmitting, outputting, forwarding, storing, determining, identifying, accessing, writing, reading) of the processor 2100 to cause the processor 2100 to support various operations in accordance with examples as described herein.
  • the controller 2102 may operate as a control unit of the processor 2100, generating control signals that manage the operation of various components of the processor 2100. These control signals include enabling or disabling functional units, selecting data paths, initiating memory access, and coordinating timing of operations.
  • the controller 2102 may be configured to fetch (e.g., obtain, retrieve, receive) instructions from the memory 2104 and determine subsequent instruction(s) to be executed to cause the processor 2100 to support various operations in accordance with examples as described herein.
  • the controller 2102 may be configured to track memory addresses of instructions associated with the memory 2104.
  • the controller 2102 may be configured to decode instructions to determine the operation to be performed and the operands involved.
  • the controller 2102 may be configured to interpret the instruction and determine control signals to be output to other components of the processor 2100 to cause the processor 2100 to support various operations in accordance with examples as described herein. Additionally, or alternatively, the controller 2102 may be configured to manage flow of data within the processor 2100.
  • the controller 2102 may be configured to control transfer of data between registers, ALUs 2106, and other functional units of the processor 2100.
  • the memory 2104 may include one or more caches (e.g., memory local to or included in the processor 2100 or other memory, such as RAM, ROM, DRAM, SDRAM, SRAM, MRAM, flash memory, etc.
  • the memory 2104 may reside within or on a processor chipset (e.g., local to the processor 2100). In some other implementations, the memory 2104 may reside external to the processor chipset (e.g., remote to the processor 2100).
  • the memory 2104 may store computer-readable, computer-executable code including instructions that, when executed by the processor 2100, cause the processor 2100 to perform various functions described herein.
  • the code may be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as system memory or another type of memory.
  • the controller 2102 and/or the processor 2100 may be configured to execute computer-readable instructions stored in the memory 2104 to cause Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 98 the processor 2100 to perform various functions.
  • the processor 2100 and/or the controller 2102 may be coupled with or to the memory 2104, the processor 2100, and the controller 2102, and may be configured to perform various functions described herein.
  • the processor 2100 may include multiple processors and the memory 2104 may include multiple memories. One or more of the multiple processors may be coupled with one or more of the multiple memories, which may, individually or collectively, be configured to perform various functions herein.
  • the one or more ALUs 2106 may be configured to support various operations in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, the one or more ALUs 2106 may reside within or on a processor chipset (e.g., the processor 2100). In some other implementations, the one or more ALUs 2106 may reside external to the processor chipset (e.g., the processor 2100). One or more ALUs 2106 may perform one or more computations such as addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division on data.
  • one or more ALUs 2106 may receive input operands and an operation code, which determines an operation to be executed.
  • One or more ALUs 2106 may be configured with a variety of logical and arithmetic circuits, including adders, subtractors, shifters, and logic gates, to process and manipulate the data according to the operation. Additionally, or alternatively, the one or more ALUs 2106 may support logical operations such as AND, OR, exclusive-OR (XOR), not-OR (NOR), and not-AND (NAND), enabling the one or more ALUs 2106 to handle conditional operations, comparisons, and bitwise operations.
  • the processor 2100 may support wireless communication in accordance with examples as disclosed herein.
  • the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support at least one controller (e.g., the controller 2102) coupled with at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2104) and configured to cause the processor to receive, at a UE from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the UE is further configured with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; select a subset of the set of NE based at least in part on the set of criteria; and transmit a report including an indication of the selected subset of the set of NE.
  • the controller e.g., the controller 2102
  • memory e.g., the memory 2104
  • the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of where the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive, from the at least one NE, one or more of: configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; or the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including the respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set
  • the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of where the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE;
  • the DL RS includes a TRS; a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE;
  • a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the at least one
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 100 cause the processor to receive each NZP CSI-RS resource in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other NZP CSI-RS resources in the set of NZP CSI-RS resources; a first criterion of the set of criteria corresponds to a first threshold on a time offset (e.g., maximum time offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE.
  • a time offset e.g., maximum time offset
  • the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of where the first threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of
  • the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support at least one controller (e.g., the controller 2102) coupled with at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2104) and configured to cause the processor to receive, at a UE and from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and transmit a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT 101 synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE.
  • the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of where the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-
  • the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of where the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to generate an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to transmit the estimate of the subband size; at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values Attorney Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 102 includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof.
  • a difference e.g., absolute difference
  • the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of where the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to generate an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to transmit the estimate of CSI reporting periodicity; the synchronization information includes one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; a NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE.
  • the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support at least one controller (e.g., the controller 2102) coupled with at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2104) and configured to cause the processor to receive, at a UE from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and apply at least one of a time shift, a frequency shift, or a phase shift to a transmission of a group of UL RSs according to the measurement of the synchronization information.
  • the controller e.g., the controller 2102
  • memory e.g., the memory 2104
  • the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the where the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of the synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the set of criteria; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL Attorney Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 103 RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource in the group of UL RSs.
  • the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the where the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs;
  • the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; transmitted on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof;
  • the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of:
  • the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the where the reference NE is identified by one or more of: an order of an ID of the DL RS; an order of an ID of the UL RS; an indication parameter configured by the reference NE; indicated by the UE via physical or MAC-CE based signaling; or combinations thereof; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for PDCCH; the at least one controller is configured Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT 104 to cause the processor to apply a zero value to one or more of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift;
  • the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to a plurality of at least one of a time drift, frequency drift, or a phase drift of the group of UL RSs;
  • the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources configured with a usage set to one of beam management or beam tracking;
  • the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value are received via a MAC-CE message.
  • the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the where the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to transmit a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to transmit the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL MAC- CE message.
  • FIG. 22 illustrates an example of a NE 2200 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the NE 2200 may include a processor 2202, a memory 2204, a controller 2206, and a transceiver 2208.
  • the processor 2202, the memory 2204, the controller 2206, or the transceiver 2208, or various combinations thereof or various components thereof may be examples of means for performing various aspects of the present disclosure as described herein. These components may be coupled (e.g., operatively, communicatively, functionally, electronically, electrically) via one or more interfaces.
  • the processor 2202, the memory 2204, the controller 2206, or the transceiver 2208, or various combinations or components thereof may be implemented in hardware (e.g., circuitry).
  • the hardware may include a processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or other programmable logic device, or any combination thereof configured as or otherwise supporting a means for performing the functions described in the present disclosure.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the processor 2202 may include an intelligent hardware device (e.g., a general-purpose processor, a DSP, a CPU, an ASIC, an FPGA, or any combination thereof).
  • the processor 2202 may be configured to operate the memory 2204.
  • the memory 2204 may be integrated into the processor 2202.
  • the processor 2202 may be configured to execute computer-readable instructions stored in the memory 2204 to cause the NE 2200 to perform various functions of the present disclosure.
  • the memory 2204 may include volatile or non-volatile memory.
  • the memory 2204 may store computer-readable, computer-executable code including instructions when executed by the processor 2202 cause the NE 2200 to perform various functions described herein.
  • the code may be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as the memory 2204 or another type of memory.
  • Computer-readable media includes both non-transitory computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a non-transitory storage medium may be any available medium that may be accessed by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer.
  • the processor 2202 and the memory 2204 coupled with the processor 2202 may be configured to cause the NE 2200 to perform one or more of the functions described herein (e.g., executing, by the processor 2202, instructions stored in the memory 2204).
  • the processor 2202 may support wireless communication at the NE 2200 in accordance with examples as disclosed herein.
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support a means for transmitting, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and configuration with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; and receiving, from the UE, a report including an indication of a selected subset of the set of NE.
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the method further including where the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof;
  • the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the method further including where the DL RS includes a TRS; a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the method further includes transmitting each TRS in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other TRSs in the set of TRSs; the DL RS is includes NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, and where each NZP CSI-RS resource in a set of NZP
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the method further including where a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub- carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum number) of QCL
  • the NE 2200 may support at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2204) and at least one processor (e.g., the processor 2202) coupled with the at least one memory and configured to cause the NE to transmit, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and configuration with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; and receive, from the UE, a report including an indication of a selected subset of the set of NE.
  • a processor e.g., the processor 2202
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof;
  • the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the at least one processor is configured to NE to transmit each TRS in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other TRSs in the set of TRSs; the DL RS is includes NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, and where each NZP CSI-RS resource in a set of NZP CSI-RS resources corresponding to the set of NE is
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 109 second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE.
  • a frequency offset e.g., maximum frequency offset
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum number) of QCL groups associated with the subset of the set of NE, where NE associated with each QCL group are mutually quasi-co-located; at least one NE in the subset of the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, phase values, or QCL information for one or more other
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support a means for transmitting, to a UE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, and configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; receiving, from the UE, a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE; and shifting a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based at least in part on the estimate of the measurement of the synchronization information.
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of where the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of where at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; shifting a transmission time of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported time offset value; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; shifting a transmission frequency of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported frequency offset value; at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 111 relate to a method, a where NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE.
  • the NE 2200 may support at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2204) and at least one processor (e.g., the processor 2202) coupled with the at least one memory and configured to cause the NE to transmit, to a UE, an indication of the joint transmission from a set of NE, and configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; receive, from the UE, a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE; and shift a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based at least in part on the estimate of the measurement of the synchronization information.
  • a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchron
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to receive, from the Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT 112 UE an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values; at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to shift a transmission time of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported time offset value; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to shift a transmission frequency of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported frequency offset value.
  • a difference e.
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to receive, from the UE, an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values; the synchronization information includes one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to shift a transmission phase of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported phase offset value; a where NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support a means for transmitting, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; and configuration with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and shifting a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based on a measurement of a received time shift, frequency shift and phase shift of a group of UL RSs received from the UE.
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the method further including where each of the time offset value, the frequency offset value, or the phase offset value is equivalent to one half of a negative value of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift of the group of UL RSs, respectively;
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the method further including where the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs; the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; received on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof; the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 114 partition, and a same repetition factor, or a combination thereof; transmitting, to the UE, DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for PDCCH.
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the method further including transmitting, to the UE, a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to a plurality of at least one of a time drift, frequency drift, or a phase drift of the group of UL RSs; a number of each of one or more of timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values includes one or more of: a number of the group of UL RSs; or a number of the group of UL RSs minus one, where one or more of the timing adjustment values, the frequency adjustment values, or the phase adjustment values are computed with respect to a reference UL RS; transmitting plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value via a MAC-CE message; receiving, from the UE, a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the method further including where a number of each of one or more of timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values, includes: a number of the set of DL RSs; or a number of the set of DL RSs less one, where the one or more of the timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values are computed with respect to a reference DL RS; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; receiving, from the UE, the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL MAC-CE message.
  • the NE 2200 may support at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2204) and at least one processor (e.g., the processor 2202) coupled with the at least one memory and configured to cause the NE to transmit, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; and configuration with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT 115 by the NE by the NE; and shift a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based on a measurement of a received time shift, frequency shift and phase shift of a group of UL RSs received from the UE.
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where each of the time offset value, the frequency offset value, or the phase offset value is equivalent to one half of a negative value of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift of the group of UL RSs, respectively;
  • the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; received on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof; the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of: a subset of ports of an SRS resource; a subset of SRS symbols of an SRS resource, the SRS resource partition occupying Attorney Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 116 one OFDM symbol in a slot and the SRS resource occupying multiple OFDM symbols in a slot; or combinations thereof; a first SRS resource partition is associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources as a second SRS resource partition, and a same repetition factor, or a combination thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to transmit, to the UE, DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for PDCCH; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to transmit, to the UE, a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to a plurality of at least one of a time drift, frequency drift, or a phase drift of the group of UL RSs.
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where a number of each of one or more of timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values includes one or more of: a number of the group of UL RSs; or a number of the group of UL RSs minus one, where one or more of the timing adjustment values, the frequency adjustment values, or the phase adjustment values are computed with respect to a reference UL RS; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to transmit plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value via a MAC-CE message; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to receive, from the UE, a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE; a number of each of one or more of timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values
  • the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to receive, from the UE, the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL MAC-CE message.
  • Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 117
  • the controller 2206 may manage input and output signals for the NE 2200.
  • the controller 2206 may also manage peripherals not integrated into the NE 2200.
  • the controller 2206 may utilize an operating system such as iOS®, ANDROID®, WINDOWS®, or other operating systems.
  • the controller 2206 may be implemented as part of the processor 2202.
  • the NE 2200 may include at least one transceiver 2208.
  • the NE 2200 may have more than one transceiver 2208.
  • the transceiver 2208 may represent a wireless transceiver.
  • the transceiver 2208 may include one or more receiver chains 2210, one or more transmitter chains 2212, or a combination thereof.
  • a receiver chain 2210 may be configured to receive signals (e.g., control information, data, packets) over a wireless medium.
  • the receiver chain 2210 may include one or more antennas to receive a signal over the air or wireless medium.
  • the receiver chain 2210 may include at least one amplifier (e.g., a low-noise amplifier (LNA)) configured to amplify the received signal.
  • the receiver chain 2210 may include at least one demodulator configured to demodulate the receive signal and obtain the transmitted data by reversing the modulation technique applied during transmission of the signal.
  • the receiver chain 2210 may include at least one decoder for decoding the demodulated signal to receive the transmitted data.
  • a transmitter chain 2212 may be configured to generate and transmit signals (e.g., control information, data, packets).
  • the transmitter chain 2212 may include at least one modulator for modulating data onto a carrier signal, preparing the signal for transmission over a wireless medium.
  • the at least one modulator may be configured to support one or more techniques such as amplitude modulation (AM), frequency modulation (FM), or digital modulation schemes like phase-shift keying (PSK) or quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM).
  • the transmitter chain 2212 may also include at least one power amplifier configured to amplify the modulated signal to an appropriate power level suitable for transmission over the wireless medium.
  • the transmitter chain 2212 may also include one or more antennas for transmitting the amplified signal into the air or wireless medium.
  • Figure 23 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2300 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the operations of the method may be implemented by a UE as described herein.
  • the UE may execute a set of instructions to control the function elements of the UE to perform the described functions. It should be noted that the method described herein describes a possible implementation, and that the operations and the steps may be rearranged or otherwise modified and that other implementations are possible.
  • the method may include receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the UE is further configured with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values.
  • the operations of 2302 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2302 may be performed by a UE as described with reference to Figure 20.
  • the method may include selecting a subset of the set of NE based at least in part on the set of criteria.
  • the operations of 2304 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2304 may be performed by a UE as described with reference to Figure 20.
  • the method may include transmitting a report including an indication of the selected subset of the set of NE.
  • the operations of 2306 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2306 may be performed a UE as described with reference to Figure 20.
  • Figure 24 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2400 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the operations of the method may be implemented by a NE as described herein.
  • the NE may execute a set of instructions to control the function elements of the NE to perform the described functions. It should be noted that the method described herein describes a possible implementation, and that the operations and the steps may be rearranged or otherwise modified and that other implementations are possible.
  • the method may include transmitting, to a UE an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No.
  • SMM920230195-WO-PCT 119 configuration with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values.
  • the operations of 2402 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2402 may be performed by a NE as described with reference to Figure 22.
  • the method may include receiving, from the UE, a report including an indication of a selected subset of the set of NE.
  • the operations of 2404 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2404 may be performed by a NE as described with reference to Figure 22.
  • Figure 25 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2500 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the operations of the method may be implemented by a UE as described herein.
  • the UE may execute a set of instructions to control the function elements of the UE to perform the described functions.
  • the method described herein describes a possible implementation, and that the operations and the steps may be rearranged or otherwise modified and that other implementations are possible.
  • the method may include receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE.
  • the operations of 2502 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2502 may be performed by a UE as described with reference to Figure 20. [0341] At 2504, the method may include transmitting a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE.
  • the operations of 2504 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2504 may be performed by a UE as described with reference to Figure 20.
  • Figure 26 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2600 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the operations of the method may be implemented by a NE as described herein.
  • Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 120
  • the NE may execute a set of instructions to control the function elements of the NE to perform the described functions. It should be noted that the method described herein describes a possible implementation, and that the operations and the steps may be rearranged or otherwise modified and that other implementations are possible.
  • the method may include transmitting, to a UE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, and configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE.
  • the operations of 2602 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2602 may be performed by a NE as described with reference to Figure 22.
  • the method may include receiving, from the UE, a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE.
  • the operations of 2604 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2604 may be performed by a NE as described with reference to Figure 22.
  • the method may include shifting a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based at least in part on the estimate of the measurement of the synchronization information.
  • the operations of 2606 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2606 may be performed a NE as described with reference to Figure 22.
  • Figure 27 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2700 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of the method may be implemented by a UE as described herein. In some implementations, the UE may execute a set of instructions to control the function elements of the UE to perform the described functions.
  • the method may include receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 121 information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and where the measurement synchronization information is based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE.
  • the operations of 2702 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2702 may be performed by a UE as described with reference to Figure 20.
  • the method may include applying at least one of a time shift, a frequency shift, or a phase shift to a transmission of a group of UL RSs according to the measurement of the synchronization information.
  • the operations of 2704 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2704 may be performed by a UE as described with reference to Figure 20.
  • Figure 28 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2800 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.
  • the operations of the method may be implemented by a NE as described herein.
  • the NE may execute a set of instructions to control the function elements of the NE to perform the described functions. It should be noted that the method described herein describes a possible implementation, and that the operations and the steps may be rearranged or otherwise modified and that other implementations are possible.
  • the method may include transmitting, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; and configuration with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, where the measurement synchronization information is based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE.
  • the operations of 2802 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2802 may be performed by a NE as described with reference to Figure 22.
  • the method may include shifting a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based at least in part on a measurement of a received time shift, frequency shift and phase shift of a group of UL RSs received from the UE.
  • the operations of 2804 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2804 may be performed by a NE as described with reference to Figure 22. Attorney Docket No.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Various aspects of the present disclosure relate to configuration for joint transmission. An apparatus, such as a user equipment (UE), receives, from at least one network equipment (NE), an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the is UE configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE. The UE transmits a Channel State Information (CSI) report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a Precoder Matrix Indicator (PMI) reporting granularity, a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE.

Description

Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 1 CONFIGURATION FOR JOINT TRANSMISSION RELATED APPLICATION [0001] This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 63/624,760, filed 24 January 2024 entitled “CONFIGURATION FOR JOINT TRANSMISSION,” the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. TECHNICAL FIELD [0002] The present disclosure relates to wireless communications, and more specifically to multi-point transmission in wireless communications. BACKGROUND [0003] A wireless communications system may include one or multiple network communication devices, such as base stations, which may support wireless communications for one or multiple user communication devices, which may be otherwise known as user equipment (UE), or other suitable terminology. The wireless communications system may support wireless communications with one or multiple user communication devices by utilizing resources of the wireless communication system (e.g., time resources (e.g., symbols, slots, subframes, frames, or the like) or frequency resources (e.g., subcarriers, carriers, or the like)). Additionally, the wireless communications system may support wireless communications across various radio access technologies including third generation (3G) radio access technology, fourth generation (4G) radio access technology, fifth generation (5G) radio access technology, among other suitable radio access technologies beyond 5G (e.g., sixth generation (6G)). SUMMARY [0004] An article “a” before an element is unrestricted and understood to refer to “at least one” of those elements or “one or more” of those elements. The terms “a,” “at least one,” “one or more,” and “at least one of one or more” may be interchangeable. As used herein, including in the claims, “or” as used in a list of items (e.g., a list of items prefaced by a phrase such as “at least one of” or “one or more of” or “one or both of”) indicates an inclusive list such that, for example, a list of at least one of A, B, or C means A or B or C or AB or AC or BC or ABC (e.g., A and B and C). Also, Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 2 as used herein, the phrase “based on” shall not be construed as a reference to a closed set of conditions. For example, an example step that is described as “based on condition A” may be based on both a condition A and a condition B without departing from the scope of the present disclosure. In other words, as used herein, the phrase “based on” shall be construed in the same manner as the phrase “based at least in part on”. Further, as used herein, including in the claims, a “set” may include one or more elements. [0005] Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a UE for wireless communication to receive, from at least one network equipment (NE), an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the UE is further configured with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; select a subset of the set of NE based at least in part on the set of criteria; and transmit a report including an indication of the selected subset of the set of NE. [0006] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein, the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive, from the at least one NE, one or more of: configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; or the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding Channel State Information (CSI) reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a Precoder Matrix Indicator (PMI); a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including the respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a Downlink (DL) Reference Signal (RS) associated with an Identifier (ID), and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast Channel (SS/PBCH) identified via a distinct SS Block Resource Indicator (SSBRI); a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 3 Non-Zero Power (NZP) CSI Reference Signal (CSI-RS) resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CSI-RS Resource Indicator (CRI); a Tracking Reference Signal (TRS) with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof. [0007] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein, the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE; the DL RS includes a TRS; a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the at least one processor is configured to receive each TRS in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other TRSs in the set of TRSs; the DL RS includes NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, and where each NZP CSI-RS resource in a set of NZP CSI-RS resources corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, and the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive each NZP CSI-RS resource in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other NZP CSI-RS resources in the set of NZP CSI-RS resources; a first criterion of the set of criteria corresponds to a first threshold on a time offset (e.g., maximum time offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE. [0008] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein, the first threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; a third criterion of the set of criteria Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 4 includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum number) of Quasi Co-Location (QCL) groups associated with the subset of the set of NE, where NE associated with each QCL group are mutually quasi-co-located; at least one NE in the subset of the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, phase values, or QCL information for one or more other NE of the subset of NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE; the indication of the selected subset of the set of NE includes one or more of: a group of CSI-RS Resource Index (CRI) values, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values corresponding to a report quantity, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values in a standalone report corresponding to joint transmission from the set of NE; or combinations thereof. [0009] Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a processor for wireless communication to receive, at a UE from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the UE is further configured with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; select a subset of the set of NE based at least in part on the set of criteria; and transmit a report including an indication of the selected subset of the set of NE. [0010] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a processor described herein, the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive, from the at least one NE, one or more of: configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; or the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 5 measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including the respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof. [0011] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a processor described herein, the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE; the DL RS includes a TRS; a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the at least one processor is configured to receive each TRS in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other TRSs in the set of TRSs; the DL RS includes NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, and where each NZP CSI-RS resource in a set of NZP CSI-RS resources corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, and the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive each NZP CSI-RS resource in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other NZP CSI-RS resources in the set of NZP CSI-RS resources; a first criterion of the set of criteria corresponds to a first threshold on a time offset (e.g., maximum time offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE. [0012] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a processor described herein, the first threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 6 subset of the set of NE; the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub- carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum number) of QCL groups associated with the subset of the set of NE, where NE associated with each QCL group are mutually quasi-co-located; at least one NE in the subset of the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, phase values, or QCL information for one or more other NE of the subset of NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE; the indication of the selected subset of the set of NE includes one or more of: a group of CRI values, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values corresponding to a report quantity, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values in a standalone report corresponding to joint transmission from the set of NE; or combinations thereof. [0013] Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a method performed by a UE, the method including receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the UE is further configured with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; selecting a subset of the set of NE based at least in part on the set of criteria; and transmitting a report including an indication of the selected subset of the set of NE. [0014] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a UE described herein, the method further including receiving, from the at least one NE, one or more of: configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; or the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 7 higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including the respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof. [0015] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a UE described herein, the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE; the DL RS includes a TRS; a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the method further includes receive each TRS in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other TRSs in the set of TRSs; the DL RS includes NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, and where each NZP CSI-RS resource in a set of NZP CSI-RS resources corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, and the method further includes receiving each NZP CSI-RS resource in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other NZP CSI-RS resources in the set of NZP CSI-RS resources; a first criterion of the set of criteria corresponds to a first threshold on a time offset (e.g., maximum time offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE. [0016] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a UE described herein, the first threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 8 spread value, or combinations thereof; a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum number) of QCL groups associated with the subset of the set of NE, where NE associated with each QCL group are mutually quasi-co-located; at least one NE in the subset of the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, phase values, or QCL information for one or more other NE of the subset of NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE; the indication of the selected subset of the set of NE includes one or more of: a group of CRI values, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values corresponding to a report quantity, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values in a standalone report corresponding to joint transmission from the set of NE; or combinations thereof. [0017] Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a NE for wireless communication to transmit, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and configuration with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; and receive, from the UE, a report including an indication of a selected subset of the set of NE. [0018] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for an NE described herein, the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including the respective Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 9 threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE; the DL RS includes a TRS. [0019] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for an NE described herein, a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the at least one processor is configured to NE to transmit each TRS in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other TRSs in the set of TRSs; the DL RS is includes NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, and where each NZP CSI-RS resource in a set of NZP CSI-RS resources corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, and the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to transmit each NZP CSI-RS resource in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other NZP CSI-RS resources in the set of NZP CSI-RS resources; a first criterion of the set of criteria corresponds to a first threshold on a time offset (e.g., maximum time offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the first threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE. [0020] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for an NE described herein, the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 10 difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum number) of QCL groups associated with the subset of the set of NE, where NE associated with each QCL group are mutually quasi-co-located; at least one NE in the subset of the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, phase values, or QCL information for one or more other NE of the subset of NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE; the indication of the selected subset of the set of NE includes one or more of: a group of CRI values, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values corresponding to a report quantity, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values in a standalone report corresponding to joint transmission from the set of NE; or combinations thereof. [0021] Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a method performed by a NE, the method including transmitting, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and configuration with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; and receiving, from the UE, a report including an indication of a selected subset of the set of NE. [0022] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for an NE described herein, the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including the respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 11 RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE. [0023] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for an NE described herein, the DL RS includes a TRS; a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the method further includes transmitting each TRS in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other TRSs in the set of TRSs; the DL RS is includes NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, and where each NZP CSI-RS resource in a set of NZP CSI-RS resources corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, and the method further includes transmitting each NZP CSI-RS resource in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other NZP CSI-RS resources in the set of NZP CSI-RS resources; a first criterion of the set of criteria corresponds to a first threshold on a time offset (e.g., maximum time offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the first threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof. [0024] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for an NE described herein, a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 12 number) of QCL groups associated with the subset of the set of NE, where NE associated with each QCL group are mutually quasi-co-located; at least one NE in the subset of the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, phase values, or QCL information for one or more other NE of the subset of NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE; the indication of the selected subset of the set of NE includes one or more of: a group of CRI values, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values corresponding to a report quantity, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values in a standalone report corresponding to joint transmission from the set of NE; or combinations thereof. [0025] Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a UE for wireless communication to receive, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and transmit a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE. [0026] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a UE described herein, the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 13 values, frequency values, or phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting a measurement to a recent (e.g. most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of the DL RSs associated with the set of NE. [0027] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a UE described herein, the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to generate an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to transmit the estimate of the subband size; at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof. [0028] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a UE described herein, the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to generate an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to transmit the estimate of CSI reporting periodicity; the synchronization information includes one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; a NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE. [0029] Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a processor for wireless communication to receive, at a UE and from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and transmit a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 14 measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE. [0030] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a processor described herein, the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting a measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of the DL RSs associated with the set of NE. [0031] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a processor described herein, the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to generate an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to transmit the estimate of the subband size; at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 15 fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof. [0032] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a processor described herein, the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to generate an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to transmit the estimate of CSI reporting periodicity; the synchronization information includes one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; a NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE. [0033] Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a method performed by a UE, the method including receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and transmitting a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE. [0034] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a UE described herein, the method further including receiving, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher- layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 16 NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting a measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of the DL RSs associated with the set of NE. [0035] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a UE described herein the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; generating an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values; transmitting the estimate of the subband size; at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub- carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; generating an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values; transmitting the estimate of CSI reporting periodicity; the synchronization information includes one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; a NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE. [0036] Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a NE for wireless communication to transmit, to a UE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, and configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; receive, from the UE, a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 17 information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE; and shift a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based at least in part on the estimate of the measurement of the synchronization information. [0037] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for an NE described herein, the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting a measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of the DL RSs associated with the set of NE. [0038] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for an NE described herein, the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to receive, from the UE, an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values; at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to shift a transmission time of a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported time offset value; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to shift a transmission Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 18 frequency of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported frequency offset value. [0039] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for an NE described herein, at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to receive, from the UE, an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values; the synchronization information includes one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to shift a transmission phase of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported phase offset value; a where NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE. [0040] Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a method performed by a NE, the method including transmitting, to a UE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, and configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; receiving, from the UE, a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE; and shifting a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based at least in part on the estimate of the measurement of the synchronization information. [0041] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for an NE described herein, the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 19 measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting a measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of the DL RSs associated with the set of NE; the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; receiving, from the UE, an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values. [0042] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for an NE described herein, at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; shifting a transmission time of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported time offset value; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; shifting a transmission frequency of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported frequency offset value; at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; receiving, from the UE, an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values; the synchronization information includes one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; shifting a transmission phase of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported phase offset value; In some aspects, the techniques described herein relate to a method, a where NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 20 measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE. [0043] Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a UE for wireless communication to receive, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and apply at least one of a time shift, a frequency shift, or a phase shift to a transmission of a group of Uplink (UL) RSs according to the measurement of the synchronization information. [0044] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein, the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of the synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher- layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the set of criteria; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the group of UL RSs includes Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) resources; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource in the group of UL RSs. [0045] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a UE described herein, the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs; the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; transmitted on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 21 both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof; the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of: a subset of ports of an SRS resource; a subset of SRS symbols of an SRS resource, the SRS resource partition occupying one Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol in a slot and the SRS resource occupying multiple OFDM symbols in a slot; or combinations thereof; a first SRS resource partition is associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources as a second SRS resource partition, and a same repetition factor, or a combination thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to apply at least one of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift to the transmission of the group of UL RSs relative to one or more of a reference time shift, a reference frequency shift, or a reference phase shift respectively associated with a reference NE in the set of NE, the reference NE associated with a DL RS and a UL RS. [0046] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a UE described herein, the reference NE is identified by one or more of: an order of an ID of the DL RS; an order of an ID of the UL RS; an indication parameter configured by the reference NE; indicated by the UE via physical or Medium Access Control Control Element (MAC-CE) based signaling; or combinations thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH); the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to apply a zero value to one or more of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to a plurality of at least one of a time drift, frequency drift, or a phase drift of the group of UL RSs; the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources configured with a usage set to one of beam management or beam tracking; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value are received via a MAC-CE message; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to transmit a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 22 phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to transmit the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL MAC- CE message. [0047] Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a processor for wireless communication to receive, at a UE from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and apply at least one of a time shift, a frequency shift, or a phase shift to a transmission of a group of UL RSs according to the measurement of the synchronization information. [0048] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein, the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of the synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher- layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the set of criteria; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource in the group of UL RSs. [0049] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a processor described herein, the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 23 resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs; the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; transmitted on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof; the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of: a subset of ports of an SRS resource; a subset of SRS symbols of an SRS resource, the SRS resource partition occupying one OFDM symbol in a slot and the SRS resource occupying multiple OFDM symbols in a slot; or combinations thereof; a first SRS resource partition is associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources as a second SRS resource partition, and a same repetition factor, or a combination thereof; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to apply at least one of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift to the transmission of the group of UL RSs relative to one or more of a reference time shift, a reference frequency shift, or a reference phase shift respectively associated with a reference NE in the set of NE, the reference NE associated with a DL RS and a UL RS. [0050] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a processor described herein, the reference NE is identified by one or more of: an order of an ID of the DL RS; an order of an ID of the UL RS; an indication parameter configured by the reference NE; indicated by the UE via physical or MAC-CE based signaling; or combinations thereof; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for PDCCH; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to apply a zero value to one or more of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to a plurality of at least one of a time drift, frequency drift, or a phase drift of the group of UL RSs; the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources configured with a usage set to one of beam management or beam tracking; the at least one controller is configured to cause the Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 24 processor to receive plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value are received via a MAC-CE message. [0051] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a processor described herein, the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to transmit a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to transmit the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL MAC-CE message. [0052] Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a method performed by a UE, the method including receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and applying at least one of a time shift, a frequency shift, or a phase shift to a transmission of a group of UL RSs according to the measurement of the synchronization information. [0053] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein, the method of a UE further including receiving, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of the synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the set of criteria; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the group of UL RSs includes SRS Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 25 resources; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource in the group of UL RSs. [0054] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein for a method of a UE, the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs; the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; transmitted on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof; the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of: a subset of ports of an SRS resource; a subset of SRS symbols of an SRS resource, the SRS resource partition occupying one OFDM symbol in a slot and the SRS resource occupying multiple OFDM symbols in a slot; or combinations thereof; a first SRS resource partition is associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources as a second SRS resource partition, and a same repetition factor, or a combination thereof. [0055] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein, the method of a UE further including applying at least one of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift to the transmission of the group of UL RSs relative to one or more of a reference time shift, a reference frequency shift, or a reference phase shift respectively associated with a reference NE in the set of NE, the reference NE associated with a DL RS and a UL RS; the reference NE is identified by one or more of: an order of an ID of the DL RS; an order of an ID of the UL RS; an indication parameter configured by the reference NE; indicated by the UE via physical or MAC-CE based signaling; or combinations thereof; receiving DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for PDCCH; causing the UE to apply a zero value to one or more of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift; receiving a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to a plurality of at least one of a time drift, frequency drift, or a phase drift of the group of UL RSs. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 26 [0056] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein for a method of a UE, the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources configured with a usage set to one of beam management or beam tracking; receiving the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value via a MAC-CE message; transmitting a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; transmitting the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL MAC-CE message. [0057] Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a device for wireless communication to transmit, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; and configuration with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and shift a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based on a measurement of a received time shift, frequency shift and phase shift of a group of UL RSs received from the UE. [0058] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a NE described herein, each of the time offset value, the frequency offset value, or the phase offset value is equivalent to one half of a negative value of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift of the group of UL RSs, respectively; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 27 CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource in the group of UL RSs; the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs. [0059] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a NE described herein, the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; received on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof; the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of: a subset of ports of an SRS resource; a subset of SRS symbols of an SRS resource, the SRS resource partition occupying one OFDM symbol in a slot and the SRS resource occupying multiple OFDM symbols in a slot; or combinations thereof; a first SRS resource partition is associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources as a second SRS resource partition, and a same repetition factor, or a combination thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to transmit, to the UE, DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for PDCCH; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to transmit, to the UE, a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to a plurality of at least one of a time drift, frequency drift, or a phase drift of the group of UL RSs. [0060] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a NE described herein, a number of each of one or more of timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values includes one or more of: a number of the group of UL RSs; or a number of the group of UL RSs minus one, where one or more of the timing adjustment values, the frequency adjustment values, or the phase adjustment values are computed with respect to a reference UL RS; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to transmit plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value via a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 28 MAC-CE message; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to receive, from the UE, a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE; a number of each of one or more of timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values, includes: a number of the set of DL RSs; or a number of the set of DL RSs less one, where the one or more of the timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values are computed with respect to a reference DL RS. [0061] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a NE described herein, each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to receive, from the UE, the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL MAC-CE message. [0062] Some implementations of the method and apparatuses described herein may further include a method performed by a NE, the method including transmitting, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; and configuration with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and shifting a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based on a measurement of a received time shift, frequency shift and phase shift of a group of UL RSs received from the UE. [0063] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a NE described herein, each of the time offset value, the frequency offset value, or the phase offset value is equivalent to one half of a negative value of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift of the group of UL RSs, respectively; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 29 values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource in the group of UL RSs. [0064] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a NE described herein, the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs; the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; received on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof; the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of: a subset of ports of an SRS resource; a subset of SRS symbols of an SRS resource, the SRS resource partition occupying one OFDM symbol in a slot and the SRS resource occupying multiple OFDM symbols in a slot; or combinations thereof; a first SRS resource partition is associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources as a second SRS resource partition, and a same repetition factor, or a combination thereof; transmitting, to the UE, DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for PDCCH. [0065] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a NE described herein, transmitting, to the UE, a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to a plurality of at least one of a time drift, frequency drift, or a phase drift of the group of UL RSs; a number of each of one or more of timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values includes one or more of: a number of the group of UL RSs; or a number of the group of UL RSs minus one, where one or more of the timing adjustment values, the frequency adjustment values, or the phase Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 30 adjustment values are computed with respect to a reference UL RS; transmitting plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value via a MAC-CE message; receiving, from the UE, a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE. [0066] In some implementations of the method and apparatuses for a NE described herein, a number of each of one or more of timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values, includes: a number of the set of DL RSs; or a number of the set of DL RSs less one, where the one or more of the timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values are computed with respect to a reference DL RS; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; receiving, from the UE, the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL MAC-CE message. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [0067] Figure 1 illustrates an example of a wireless communications system in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. [0068] Figure 2 illustrates a system in accordance with various implementations. [0069] Figure 3 illustrates aperiodic trigger state defining a list of CSI report settings. [0070] Figure 4 illustrates at aperiodic trigger state indicating the resource set and QCL information. [0071] Figures 5a and 5b illustrate RRC configuration for NZP-CSI-RS/CSI-IM resources. [0072] Figure 6 illustrates a partial CSI omission. [0073] Figure 7 illustrates an example of Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) code for configuring an NZP-CSI-RS resource set, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. [0074] Figure 8 illustrates an example of TRS configuration, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 31 [0075] Figure 9 illustrates an example of ASN-1 code for QCL information, as related to multi- resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. [0076] Figure 10 illustrates an example of ASN-1 code for PDSCH-Config Information Element (IE), as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. [0077] Figure 11 illustrates an example of ASN-1 code for DMRS-DownlinkConfig, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. [0078] Figures 12 and 13 illustrate an example of DMRS patterns for mapping Type A with front-load DMRS, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. [0079] Figures 14 and 15 illustrate an example of ASN.1 code for an IE in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. [0080] Figure 16 illustrates an example of ASN.1 code for an IE. [0081] Figure 17 illustrates an example of ASN.1 code for an IE. [0082] Figures 18 and 19 illustrate an example of ASN.1 code for an IE. [0083] Figure 20 illustrates an example of a UE in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. [0084] Figure 21 illustrates an example of a processor in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. [0085] Figure 22 illustrates an example of a NE in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. [0086] Figure 23 illustrates a flowchart of a method in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 32 [0087] Figure 24 illustrates a flowchart of a method in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. [0088] Figure 25 illustrates a flowchart of a method in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. [0089] Figure 26 illustrates a flowchart of a method in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. [0090] Figure 27 illustrates a flowchart of a method in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. [0091] Figure 28 illustrates a flowchart of a method in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. DETAILED DESCRIPTION [0092] In 3GPP NR, multiple panel nodes, Transmission Reception Point (TRP) nodes, and/or Remote Radio-Head (RRH) nodes within a cell may communicate simultaneously with one UE to enhance coverage, throughput, and reliability. The nodes, however, may not be co-located, e.g., they may be placed in remote locations. Thus, coherent transmission from multiple nodes to the same UE via multiple nodes may involve strict time and frequency synchronization to ensure signals transmitted from different TRPs are aligned, otherwise signals may not be constructively combined leading to jeopardizing gains of coherent joint transmission (CJT). CJT (also referred to herein as “joint transmission”) is a technique used in wireless networks to improve signal power and spatial diversity. In CJT, multiple transmitters send a common message to a receiver (e.g., a UE) with phase constructively combined at the receiver. [0093] Accordingly, the present disclosure supports techniques for reporting time offsets, frequency offsets, and phase offsets to enable achieving synchronization for CJT. For instance, implementations include a UE indication of a selected subset of TRPs from a set of network configured TRPs, where the selected subset of the TRPs is based on a set of constraints on the maximum time, frequency, and/or phase drifts across the TRPs. Further, enhanced DL RS configuration is provided that enables capturing a higher resolution of time shifts and/or frequency shifts. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 33 [0094] Aspects of the present disclosure also support UE-assisted indication of time, frequency and phase drifts measured by the UE based on DL RSs from different TRPs, where the indication implies one of a pre-compensation of DMRS for one or more of PDSCH or PDCCH and a modification of PMI size and/or CQI SB size. Further, techniques are supported for UL RS-based indication of time, frequency, and phase drifts measured by the UE based on DL RSs from different TRPs, where the indication is in a form of a corresponding UL RS time, frequency, and/or phase shift. [0095] By utilizing the described techniques, higher resolution of time, frequency, and phase shifts can be achieved in multi-point transmission in wireless communications, thus enabling increases in signal fidelity and decreases in signal latency. [0096] Aspects of the present disclosure are described in the context of a wireless communications system. [0097] Figure 1 illustrates an example of a wireless communications system 100 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The wireless communications system 100 may include one or more NE 102, one or more UE 104, and a core network (CN) 106. The wireless communications system 100 may support various radio access technologies. In some implementations, the wireless communications system 100 may be a 4G network, such as an LTE network or an LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) network. In some other implementations, the wireless communications system 100 may be a NR network, such as a 5G network, a 5G-Advanced (5G-A) network, or a 5G ultrawideband (5G-UWB) network. In other implementations, the wireless communications system 100 may be a combination of a 4G network and a 5G network, or other suitable radio access technology including Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802.20. The wireless communications system 100 may support radio access technologies beyond 5G, for example, 6G. Additionally, the wireless communications system 100 may support technologies, such as time division multiple access (TDMA), frequency division multiple access (FDMA), or code division multiple access (CDMA), etc. [0098] The one or more NE 102 may be dispersed throughout a geographic region to form the wireless communications system 100. One or more of the NE 102 described herein may be or include or may be referred to as a network node, a base station, a network element, a network Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 34 function, a network entity, a radio access network (RAN), a NodeB, an eNodeB (eNB), a next- generation NodeB (gNB), or other suitable terminology. An NE 102 and a UE 104 may communicate via a communication link, which may be a wireless or wired connection. For example, an NE 102 and a UE 104 may perform wireless communication (e.g., receive signaling, transmit signaling) over a Uu interface. [0099] An NE 102 may provide a geographic coverage area for which the NE 102 may support services for one or more UEs 104 within the geographic coverage area. For example, an NE 102 and a UE 104 may support wireless communication of signals related to services (e.g., voice, video, packet data, messaging, broadcast, etc.) according to one or multiple radio access technologies. In some implementations, an NE 102 may be moveable, for example, a satellite associated with a non-terrestrial network (NTN). In some implementations, different geographic coverage areas associated with the same or different radio access technologies may overlap, but the different geographic coverage areas may be associated with different NE 102. [0100] The one or more UEs 104 may be dispersed throughout a geographic region of the wireless communications system 100. A UE 104 may include or may be referred to as a remote unit, a mobile device, a wireless device, a remote device, a subscriber device, a transmitter device, a receiver device, or some other suitable terminology. In some implementations, the UE 104 may be referred to as a unit, a station, a terminal, or a client, among other examples. Additionally, or alternatively, the UE 104 may be referred to as an Internet-of-Things (IoT) device, an Internet-of- Everything (IoE) device, or machine-type communication (MTC) device, among other examples. [0101] A UE 104 may be able to support wireless communication directly with other UEs 104 over a communication link. For example, a UE 104 may support wireless communication directly with another UE 104 over a device-to-device (D2D) communication link. In some implementations, such as vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) deployments, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) deployments, or cellular-V2X deployments, the communication link may be referred to as a sidelink. For example, a UE 104 may support wireless communication directly with another UE 104 over a PC5 interface. [0102] An NE 102 may support communications with the CN 106, or with another NE 102, or both. For example, an NE 102 may interface with other NE 102 or the CN 106 through one or more backhaul links (e.g., S1, N2, N6, or other network interface). In some implementations, the NE 102 Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 35 may communicate with each other directly. In some other implementations, the NE 102 may communicate with each other indirectly (e.g., via the CN 106). In some implementations, one or more NE 102 may include subcomponents, such as an access network entity, which may be an example of an access node controller (ANC). An ANC may communicate with the one or more UEs 104 through one or more other access network transmission entities, which may be referred to as a radio heads, smart radio heads, or TRPs. [0103] The CN 106 may support user authentication, access authorization, tracking, connectivity, and other access, routing, or mobility functions. The CN 106 may be an evolved packet core (EPC), or a 5G core (5GC), which may include a control plane entity that manages access and mobility (e.g., a mobility management entity (MME), an access and mobility management functions (AMF)) and a user plane entity that routes packets or interconnects to external networks (e.g., a serving gateway (S-GW), a packet data network (PDN) gateway (P-GW), or a user plane function (UPF)). In some implementations, the control plane entity may manage non-access stratum (NAS) functions, such as mobility, authentication, and bearer management (e.g., data bearers, signal bearers, etc.) for the one or more UEs 104 served by the one or more NE 102 associated with the CN 106. [0104] The CN 106 may communicate with a packet data network over one or more backhaul links (e.g., via an S1, N2, N6, or other network interface). The packet data network may include an application server. In some implementations, one or more UEs 104 may communicate with the application server. A UE 104 may establish a session (e.g., a protocol data unit (PDU) session, or the like) with the CN 106 via an NE 102. The CN 106 may route traffic (e.g., control information, data, and the like) between the UE 104 and the application server using the established session (e.g., the established PDU session). The PDU session may be an example of a logical connection between the UE 104 and the CN 106 (e.g., one or more network functions of the CN 106). [0105] In the wireless communications system 100, the NEs 102 and the UEs 104 may use resources of the wireless communications system 100 (e.g., time resources (e.g., symbols, slots, subframes, frames, or the like) or frequency resources (e.g., subcarriers, carriers)) to perform various operations (e.g., wireless communications). In some implementations, the NEs 102 and the UEs 104 may support different resource structures. For example, the NEs 102 and the UEs 104 may support different frame structures. In some implementations, such as in 4G, the NEs 102 and the Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 36 UEs 104 may support a single frame structure. In some other implementations, such as in 5G and among other suitable radio access technologies, the NEs 102 and the UEs 104 may support various frame structures (e.g., multiple frame structures). The NEs 102 and the UEs 104 may support various frame structures based on one or more numerologies. [0106] One or more numerologies may be supported in the wireless communications system 100, and a numerology may include a subcarrier spacing and a cyclic prefix. A first numerology (e.g., ^=0) may be associated with a first subcarrier spacing (e.g., 15 kHz) and a normal cyclic prefix. In some implementations, the first numerology (e.g., ^=0) associated with the first subcarrier spacing (e.g., 15 kHz) may utilize one slot per subframe. A second numerology (e.g., ^=1) may be associated with a second subcarrier spacing (e.g., 30 kHz) and a normal cyclic prefix. A third numerology (e.g., ^=2) may be associated with a third subcarrier spacing (e.g., 60 kHz) and a normal cyclic prefix or an extended cyclic prefix. A fourth numerology (e.g., ^=3) may be associated with a fourth subcarrier spacing (e.g., 120 kHz) and a normal cyclic prefix. A fifth numerology (e.g., ^=4) may be associated with a fifth subcarrier spacing (e.g., 240 kHz) and a normal cyclic prefix. [0107] A time interval of a resource (e.g., a communication resource) may be organized according to frames (also referred to as radio frames). Each frame may have a duration, for example, a 10 millisecond (ms) duration. In some implementations, each frame may include multiple subframes. For example, each frame may include 10 subframes, and each subframe may have a duration, for example, a 1 ms duration. In some implementations, each frame may have the same duration. In some implementations, each subframe of a frame may have the same duration. [0108] Additionally or alternatively, a time interval of a resource (e.g., a communication resource) may be organized according to slots. For example, a subframe may include a number (e.g., quantity) of slots. The number of slots in each subframe may also depend on the one or more numerologies supported in the wireless communications system 100. For instance, the first, second, third, fourth, and fifth numerologies (e.g., ^=0, ^=1, ^=2, ^=3, ^=4) associated with respective subcarrier spacings of 15 kHz, 30 kHz, 60 kHz, 120 kHz, and 240 kHz may utilize a single slot per subframe, two slots per subframe, four slots per subframe, eight slots per subframe, and 16 slots per subframe, respectively. Each slot may include a number (e.g., quantity) of symbols (e.g., OFDM symbols). In some implementations, the number (e.g., quantity) of slots for a subframe may depend Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 37 on a numerology. For a normal cyclic prefix, a slot may include 14 symbols. For an extended cyclic prefix (e.g., applicable for 60 kHz subcarrier spacing), a slot may include 12 symbols. The relationship between the number of symbols per slot, the number of slots per subframe, and the number of slots per frame for a normal cyclic prefix and an extended cyclic prefix may depend on a numerology. It should be understood that reference to a first numerology (e.g., ^=0) associated with a first subcarrier spacing (e.g., 15 kHz) may be used interchangeably between subframes and slots. [0109] In the wireless communications system 100, an electromagnetic (EM) spectrum may be split, based on frequency or wavelength, into various classes, frequency bands, frequency channels, etc. By way of example, the wireless communications system 100 may support one or multiple operating frequency bands, such as frequency range designations frequency range 1 (FR1) (410 MHz – 7.125 GHz), FR2 (24.25 GHz – 52.6 GHz), FR3 (7.125 GHz – 24.25 GHz), FR4 (52.6 GHz – 114.25 GHz), FR4a or FR4-1 (52.6 GHz – 71 GHz), and FR5 (114.25 GHz – 300 GHz). In some implementations, the NEs 102 and the UEs 104 may perform wireless communications over one or more of the operating frequency bands. In some implementations, FR1 may be used by the NEs 102 and the UEs 104, among other equipment or devices for cellular communications traffic (e.g., control information, data). In some implementations, FR2 may be used by the NEs 102 and the UEs 104, among other equipment or devices for short-range, high data rate capabilities. [0110] FR1 may be associated with one or multiple numerologies (e.g., at least three numerologies). For example, FR1 may be associated with a first numerology (e.g., ^=0), which includes 15 kHz subcarrier spacing; a second numerology (e.g., ^=1), which includes 30 kHz subcarrier spacing; and a third numerology (e.g., ^=2), which includes 60 kHz subcarrier spacing. FR2 may be associated with one or multiple numerologies (e.g., at least 2 numerologies). For example, FR2 may be associated with a third numerology (e.g., ^=2), which includes 60 kHz subcarrier spacing; and a fourth numerology (e.g., ^=3), which includes 120 kHz subcarrier spacing. [0111] According to implementations, multiple NEs 102 and a UE 104 can coordinate in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure and as part of implementing CJT, such as to enable reporting of time, frequency, and phase offsets from the UE 104 to one or more of the NEs 102 for achieving synchronization for CJT. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 38 [0112] Figure 2 illustrates a system 200 in accordance with various implementations. The system 200, for example, includes multiple panels 202 in a coordination cluster connected to a central unit 204 and a UE 104. For 3GPP NR, multiple panel nodes, TRP nodes, and/or RRH nodes within a cell may communicate simultaneously with one UE to enhance coverage, throughput, and reliability. The nodes may not be co-located, e.g., they may be placed in remote locations, as shown in the system 200. Coherent transmission from multiple nodes to the same UE via multiple nodes may involve strict time and frequency synchronization to ensure signals transmitted from different TRPs are aligned, otherwise signals may not be constructively combined leading to jeopardizing gains of CJT. [0113] In wireless communications systems such as in the Rel-17 High-Speed Train Single Frequency Network (HST-SFN) scheme, a framework for Doppler indication is used where a UE is configured with two TRSs that are QCLed with the same set of DMRS ports for PDSCH that enables resolving the time/frequency drift caused in CJT. A disadvantage to Rel-17 HST-SFN Scheme 1 framework is a UE-based solution that involves complex equalization to align the signals transmitted from multiple two TRPs, where the complexity increases with the number of TRPs, e.g., up to 4 TRPs in Rel-18 CJT framework. [0114] In the Rel-17 HST-SFN Scheme B framework for Doppler indication, a UE is configured with one TRS along with frequency pre-compensation at the network node via SRS. A disadvantage to the Rel-17 HST-SFN Scheme 2 framework is limited frequency pre-compensation and is difficult to generalize to more than two TRPs. [0115] In the Rel-18 Time-domain Channel Property (TDCP) reporting for temporal correlation identification, a UE is configured with standalone TDCP reporting to obtain information about the power delay profile of different TRPs, and hence infer the time synchronization information across TRPs. A disadvantage is that while the Rel-18 TDCP reporting can help obtain the frequency-based synchronization information across different TRPs it cannot be used straightforwardly to obtain time synchronization information across the TRPs. [0116] For NR Rel. 15 Type-II codebook, assume the gNB is equipped with a two-dimensional (2D) antenna array with N1N2 antenna ports per polarization (N1 being the horizontal and N2 the vertical dimension of the array). In the frequency domain, communication occurs over N3 PMI sub- Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 39 bands, where a sub-band consists of a set of resource blocks (RBs), each RB consisting of a set of subcarriers. Considering dual-polarization, there are 2N1N2 CSI-RS ports are utilized to enable DL channel estimation with high resolution for NR Rel. 15 Type-II codebook. In order to reduce feedback overhead in UL, a Discrete Fourier transform (DFT)-based transformation is used to project the channel onto L spatial beams (shared by both polarizations) where L<N1N2. In the sequel the indices of the L beams are referred as the Spatial Domain (SD) basis indices. The magnitude and phase values of the 2L linear combination coefficients for each sub-band are fed back to the gNB as part of the CSI report. The 2N1N2xN3 codebook per layer l takes on the form: ^^ = ^^^^,^, where W1 is a 2N1N2x2L block-diagonal matrix (L<N1N2) with two identical diagonal blocks, e.g.: ^ = ^^ ^ ^ ^ ^^, and B is an N1N2xL matrix with columns drawn from a 2D oversampled DFT matrix, as follows: ^ ^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ ^ = ^1 ^^ ^^^^ ⋯ ^^ ^ ^^^^ ^, ,
Figure imgf000041_0001
where the superscript T denotes a matrix transposition operation. Note that O1, O2 are “oversampling factors”, assumed for the 2D DFT matrix from which matrix B is drawn. Note that W1 is common across layers. W2,l is a 2Lx N3 matrix, where the ith column corresponds to the linear combination coefficients of the 2L beams in the ith sub-band. The indices of the L selected columns in B are reported, along with the oversampling index taking on O1O2 values. Note that W2,l are independent across different layers. [0117] For NR Rel. 15 Type-II Port Selection Codebook, K (where K ≤ 2N1N2) beamformed CSI-RS ports are utilized in DL transmission, in order to reduce complexity. The KxN3 codebook matrix per layer takes on the form: Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 40 ^^ = ^12 ^ ^^,^. [0118] Here, ^^,^ follow the same structure as the conventional NR Rel.15 Type-II Codebook and are layer specific. ^1 ^2 is a Kx2L block-diagonal matrix with two identical diagonal blocks, e.g.: ^12 = 3 ^ ^ ^ ^ 3^, 4 and E is an ^ × 6 matrix whose columns are
Figure imgf000042_0001
as follows: 3 = ^^^4/^^ 9: 9:4/^^ ^^4/^^ ^4/^^ ^78^^ 8 , ^78^^9:89:<^,4/^^ … ^^78^^9:89:<>?^,4/^^ ^, where ^^4^ is a
Figure imgf000042_0002
takes on the values {1,2,3,4} under the condition dPS ≤ min(K/2, L), whereas mPS takes on the values @0, … , A 4 89:B − 1D and is reported as par 12 ^ t of the UL CSI feedback report. ^^ is common across [0119] For K=16, L=4 and dPS =1, the 8 possible realizations of E corresponding to mPS = {0,1,…,7} are as follows: 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 é ù é ù é ù é ù é ú ú ú , ú ú ú û
Figure imgf000042_0003
Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 41 When dPS =2, the 4 possible realizations of E corresponding to mPS ={0,1,2,3} are as follows: 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 é0 1 0 0ù é0 0 0 0ù é0 0 0 0ù é0 0 0 1ù ê ê 0 0 1 0 ú ú ê ê 1 0 0 0 ú ê 0 0 0 0 ú ê 0 0 0 0 ú 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0ú ê 0 0 0 0ú ê 0 ú ê ú ê ú ê ú 0 0 0 0 0 0 , , , ê ú . ê 0ú ê0 0 1 0ú ê 1 0 0 0ú ê 0 0 0 0ú ê 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 ê ú ê ú ê ú ê 0 ú 0 0 0 0ú ê 0 0 0 0ú ê 0 0 1 0ú ê 1 0 0 0ú ë 0 0 0 0û ë 0 0 0 0û ë 0 0 0 1û ë 0 1 0 0û When dPS =3, the 3 possible realizations of E corresponding of mPS ={0,1,2} are as follows: 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 é0 1 0 0ù é0 0 0 0ù é0 0 0 1ù ú ú ú ú ú ú û
Figure imgf000043_0001
of mPS ={0,1} are as follows: 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 é0 1 0 0ù é0 0 0 0ù ê ê 0 0 1 0 ú ê 0 0 0 0 ú 0 0 0 1ú ê 0 ú ê ú , ê 0 0 0 ê ú . ê0 0 0 0ú 1 0 0 0ú ê 0 0 0 0 ú ê 0 1 0 0 ê 0 0 0 0ú ê ú 0 0 1 0ú ë 0 0 0 0û ë 0 0 0 1û [0120] To summarize, mPS parametrizes the location of the first 1 in the first column of E, whereas dPS represents the row shift corresponding to different values of mPS. [0121] NR Rel.15 Type-I codebook is the baseline codebook for NR, with a variety of configurations. One utility of Rel.15 Type-I codebook is a special case of NR Rel.15 Type-II codebook with L=1 for RI=1,2, where a phase coupling value is reported for each sub-band, e.g., W2,l is 2xN3, with the first row equal to [1, 1, …, 1] and the second row equal to ^^^^L∅" , … , ^^^L∅^N^^^. Under specific configurations, ϕ0= ϕ1 …= ϕ, e.g., wideband reporting. For
Figure imgf000043_0002
are used for each pair of layers. NR Rel.15 Type-I codebook can be depicted Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 42 as a low-resolution version of NR Rel. 15 Type-II codebook with spatial beam selection per layer- pair and phase combining. More details on NR Rel. 15 Type-I codebook can be found in R1- 1709232, Samsung et al., "WF on Type I and II CSI codebooks," Hangzhou, China, May 15-19, 2017. [0122] For NR Rel. 16 Type-II Codebook, assume the gNB is equipped with a two-dimensional (2D) antenna array with N1N2 antenna ports per polarization (N1 being the horizontal and N2 the vertical dimension of the array). In the frequency domain, communication occurs over N3 PMI sub- bands, where a sub-band consists of a set of resource blocks (RBs), each RB consisting of a set of subcarriers. Considering dual-polarization, there are 2N1N2 CSI-RS ports are utilized to enable DL channel estimation with high resolution for NR Rel. 16 Type-II codebook. In order to reduce feedback overhead in UL, a Discrete Fourier transform (DFT)-based transformation is used to project the channel onto L spatial beams (shared by both polarizations) where L<N1N2. Similarly, additional compression in the frequency domain is applied, where each beam of the frequency- domain precoding vectors is transformed using an inverse DFT matrix to the delay domain, and the magnitude and phase values of a subset of the delay-domain coefficients are selected and fed back to the gNB as part of the CSI report. The 2N1N2xN3 codebook per layer takes on the form: ^ ^O Q ^ = ^ ^^,^^P,^ , where W1 is a 2N1N2x2L block-diagonal
Figure imgf000044_0001
two identical diagonal blocks, e.g.: ^^ = ^^ ^ ^ ^^, and B is an N1N2xL matrix with columns
Figure imgf000044_0002
DFT matrix, as follows: ^ ^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ ^ = ^1 ^^ ^ ^ ⋯ ^^ ^ ^ ^ ^^^^ ^, , T
Figure imgf000044_0003
where the superscript a O2 oversampling factors are assumed for the 2D DFT matrix from which matrix B is drawn. Note that W1 is common Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 43 across layers. Wf,l is an N3xM matrix (M<N3) with columns selected from a critically-sampled size- N3 DFT matrix, as follows: ^P,^ = !RS" RS^ ⋯ RSTU^^$, 0 ≤ V& ≤ /W − 1, R ^^X^^ N ^ ^ S = ^1 ^ ^?^ ^
Figure imgf000045_0001
^N ^ . [0123] The indices of the L selected columns in B are reported, along with the oversampling index taking on O1O2 values. Similarly, for Wf,l, the indices of the M selected columns out of the predefined size-N3 DFT matrix are reported. In the sequel the indices of the M dimensions are referred to as the selected Frequency Domain (FD) basis indices. Hence, L, M represent the equivalent spatial and frequency dimensions after compression, respectively. Finally, the 2LxM matrix ^O ^,^ represents the linear combination coefficients (LCCs) of the spatial and frequency DFT-basis vectors of layer %. Both ^O ^,^, Wf,l are selected independent for different layers. Amplitude and phase values of an approximately β fraction of the 2LM available coefficients are reported to the gNB (β<1) as part of the CSI report. Coefficients with zero magnitude are indicated via a per-layer bitmap, with the strongest coefficient amplitude set to one, and an index of the strongest coefficient reported. No amplitude or phase information is explicitly reported for this coefficient. Amplitude and phase values of a maximum of ⌈2βLM⌉-1 coefficients, which is less than the total number of CSI coefficients 2N1N2xN3. [0124] For NR Rel. 16 Type-II Port Selection Codebook, K (where K ≤ 2N1N2) beamformed CSI-RS ports are utilized in DL transmission, in order to reduce complexity. The KxN3 codebook matrix per layer takes on the form: ^ = ^12 O Q ^ ^ ^^,^^P,^ . O
Figure imgf000045_0002
[0125] Here, ^^,^ and Wf,l follow the conventional NR Rel. 16 Type-II Codebook, where both are layer specific. The matrix ^1 ^2 is a Kx2L block-diagonal matrix with the same structure as that in the NR Rel. 15 Type-II Port Selection Codebook. [0126] The NR Rel. 17 Type-II Port Selection Codebook follows a similar structure as that of Rel. 15 and Rel. 16 port-selection codebooks, as follows: ^ = [[[12 O Q ^ ^^ ^ .
Figure imgf000045_0003
Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 44 [0127] However, unlike Rel. 15 and Rel. 16 Type-II port-selection codebooks, the port-selection matrix [ ^[[1 ^2 supports free selection of the K ports, or more precisely the K/2 ports per polarization out of the N N CSI-RS ports per polariza /^/^ 1 2 tion, e.g., \log^ ` a/2 cd bits are used to identify the K/2 selected ports per polarization, where this layers. Here, ^O ^,^ and Wf,l
Figure imgf000046_0001
follow the same structure as the conventional NR Rel. 16 Type-II Codebook, however M is limited to {1,2}, with the network configuring a window of size N ∈{2,4} for M =2. Moreover, the bitmap is reported unless β=1 and the UE reports the coefficients for a rank up to a value of two. [0128] For CSI reporting the codebook report is partitioned into two parts based on the priority of information reported. Each part is encoded separately (Part 1 has a possibly higher code rate). Example parameters for NR Rel. 16 Type-II codebook are listed below. [0129] For content of a CSI report: [0130] Part 1: RI + CQI + Total number of coefficients [0131] Part 2: SD basis indicator + FD basis indicator/layer + Bitmap/layer + Coefficient Amplitude info/layer + Coefficient Phase info/layer + Strongest coefficient indicator/layer [0132] Furthermore, Part 2 CSI can be decomposed into sub-parts each with different priority (higher priority information listed first). Such partitioning can be used to allow dynamic reporting size for codebook based on available resources in the UL phase. [0133] Also Type-II codebook is based on aperiodic CSI reporting, and reported in Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) via Downlink Control Information (DCI) triggering (one exception). Type-I codebook can be based on periodic CSI reporting (Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH)) or semi-persistent CSI reporting (PUSCH or PUCCH) or aperiodic reporting (PUSCH). [0134] For priority reporting for CSI Part 2, note that multiple CSI reports may be transmitted with different priorities, as shown in Table 1 below. The priority of the NRep CSI reports are based on the following: A CSI report corresponding to one CSI reporting setting for one cell may have higher priority compared with another CSI report corresponding to one other CSI reporting setting Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 45 for the same cell; CSI reports intended to one cell may have higher priority compared with other CSI reports intended to another cell; CSI reports may have higher priority based on the CSI report content. For example, CSI reports carrying Layer 1 (L1)-Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) information have higher priority; CSI reports may have higher priority based on their type. For example, whether the CSI report is aperiodic, semi-persistent or periodic, and whether the report is sent via PUSCH or PUCCH, may impact the priority of the CSI report. [0135] In light of these, CSI reports may be prioritized as follows, where CSI reports with lower IDs have higher priority Pri&ijk^l, V, m, n^ = 2 ∙ /pq^^r ∙ sr ∙ l + /pq^^r ∙ sr ∙ V + sr ∙ m + n s: CSI reporting setting index, and Ms: Maximum number of CSI reporting settings c: Cell index, and Ncells: Number of serving cells k: 0 for CSI reports carrying L1-RSRP or L1- Signal-to-Interference-and-Noise Ratio (SINR), 1 otherwise y: 0 for aperiodic reports, 1 for semi-persistent reports on PUSCH, 2 for semi-persistent reports on PUCCH, 3 for periodic reports. Table 1: Priority Reporting Levels for Part 2 CSI Priority 0: For CSI reports 1 to /tqu, Group 0 CSI for CSI reports configured as 'typeII-r16' or 'typeII- PortSelection-r16'; Part 2 wideband CSI for CSI reports configured otherwise Priority 1: Group 1 CSI for CSI report 1, if configured as 'typeII-r16' or 'typeII-PortSelection-r16'; Part 2 subband CSI of even subbands for CSI report 1, if configured otherwise Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 46 Priority 2: Group 2 CSI for CSI report 1, if configured as 'typeII-r16' or 'typeII-PortSelection-r16'; Part 2 subband CSI of odd subbands for CSI report 1, if configured otherwise Priority 3: Group 1 CSI for CSI report 2, if configured as 'typeII-r16' or 'typeII-PortSelection-r16'; Part 2 subband CSI of even subbands for CSI report 2, if configured otherwise Priority 4: Group 2 CSI for CSI report 2, if configured as 'typeII-r16' or 'typeII-PortSelection-r16'. Part 2 subband CSI of odd subbands for CSI report 2, if configured otherwise ^ Priority 2/tqu − 1: Group 1 CSI for CSI report /tqu, if configured as 'typeII-r16' or 'typeII-PortSelection-r16'; Part 2 subband CSI of even subbands for CSI report /tqu, if configured otherwise Priority 2/tqu: Group 2 CSI for CSI report /tqu, if configured as 'typeII-r16' or 'typeII-PortSelection-r16'; Part 2 subband CSI of odd subbands for CSI report /tqu, if configured otherwise [0136] For triggering aperiodic CSI reporting on PUSCH, a UE is to report the CSI information for the network using the CSI framework in NR Release 15. The triggering mechanism between a report setting and a resource setting can be summarized in Table 2 below. Table 2: Triggering mechanism between a report setting and a resource setting Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 47 Periodic CSI SP CSI reporting AP CSI reporting Reporting Periodic CSI-RS RRC configured • MAC CE (PUCCH) DCI Time Domain • DCI (PUSCH) Behavior of SP CSI-RS Not Supported • MAC CE (PUCCH) DCI Resource Setting • DCI (PUSCH) AP CSI-RS Not Supported Not Supported DCI [0137] Moreover: Associated Resource Settings for a CSI Report Setting are to have same time domain behavior; Periodic CSI-RS/IM resource and CSI reports can be assumed to be present and active once configured by RRC; Aperiodic and semi-persistent CSI-RS/ IM resources and CSI reports can be explicitly triggered or activated; Aperiodic CSI-RS/ IM resources and aperiodic CSI reports, the triggering is done jointly by transmitting a DCI Format 0-1; Semi-persistent CSI-RS/ IM resources and semi-persistent CSI reports are independently activated. [0138] Figure 3 illustrates aperiodic trigger state defining a list of CSI report settings. For aperiodic CSI-RS/IM resources and aperiodic CSI reports, the triggering is done jointly by transmitting a DCI Format 0-1. The DCI Format 0_1 includes a CSI request field (0 to 6 bits). A non-zero request field points to a so-called aperiodic trigger state configured by RRC (see, e.g., Figure 2). An aperiodic trigger state in turn is defined as a list of up to 16 aperiodic CSI Report Settings, identified by a CSI Report Setting ID for which the UE calculates simultaneously CSI and transmits it on the scheduled PUSCH transmission. [0139] When the CSI Report Setting is linked with aperiodic Resource Setting (can include multiple Resource Sets), the aperiodic NZP CSI-RS Resource Set for channel measurement, the aperiodic CSI-IM Resource Set (if used) and the aperiodic NZP CSI-RS Resource Set for IM (if used) to use for a given CSI Report Setting are also included in the aperiodic trigger state definition. For aperiodic NZP CSI-RS, the QCL source to use is also configured in the aperiodic trigger state. The UE assumes that the resources used for the computation of the channel and interference can be processed with the same spatial filter e.g. quasi‐co‐located with respect to “QCL‐TypeD.” Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 48 [0140] Figure 4 illustrates at 400 aperiodic trigger state indicating the resource set and QCL information. Figures 5a and 5b illustrate RRC configuration for NZP-CSI-RS/CSI-IM resources. For instance, 500 illustrates RRC configuration for NZP-CSI-RS Resource and 502 illustrates RRC configuration for CSI-IM-Resource. [0141] In Table 3, the type of UL channels used for CSI reporting are summarized as a function of the CSI codebook type. Table 3: UL channels used for CSI reporting as a function of the CSI codebook type Periodic CSI reporting SP CSI reporting AP CSI reporting Type I WB PUCCH Format 2,3,4 • PUCCH Format 2 PUSCH • PUSCH Type I SB • PUCCH Format 3,4 PUSCH • PUSCH Type II WB • PUCCH Format 3,4 PUSCH • PUSCH Type II SB PUSCH PUSCH Type II Part 1 PUCCH Format 3,4 [0142] For aperiodic CSI reporting, PUSCH-based reports are divided into two CSI parts: CSI Part1 and CSI Part 2. The reason for this is that the size of CSI payload varies significantly, and therefore a worst-case UCI payload size design would result in large overhead. CSI Part 1 has a fixed payload size (and can be decoded by the gNB without prior information) and includes the following: RI (if reported), CRI (if reported) and CQI for the first codeword; number of non-zero wideband amplitude coefficients per layer for Type II CSI feedback on PUSCH. [0143] Figure 6 illustrates at 600 partial CSI omission for Rel. 15 PUSCH-Based CSI. CSI Part 2 has a variable payload size that can be derived from the CSI parameters in CSI Part 1 and includes PMI and the CQI for the second codeword when RI > 4. For example, if the aperiodic trigger state indicated by DCI format 0_1 defines 3 report settings x, y, and z, then the aperiodic CSI reporting for CSI part 2 will be ordered as indicated in Figure 6. [0144] As discussed herein, CSI reports can be prioritized according to: time-domain behavior and physical channel, where more dynamic reports are given precedence over less dynamic reports Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 49 and PUSCH has precedence over PUCCH; CSI content, where beam reports (e.g., L1-RSRP reporting) has priority over regular CSI reports; the serving cell to which the CSI corresponds (in case of CA operation). CSI corresponding to the Primary Cell (PCell) has priority over CSI corresponding to Secondary Cells (Scells); the reportConfigID. [0145] For CQI reporting a CSI report may include a CQI report quantity corresponding to channel quality assuming a target (e.g., maximum) transport block error rate, which indicates a modulation order, a code rate and a corresponding spectral efficiency associated with the modulation order and code rate pair. Examples of the target transport block error rates are 0.1 and 0.00001. The modulation order can vary from QPSK up to 1024QAM, whereas the code rate may vary from 30/1024 up to 948/1024. One example of a CQI table for a 4-bit CQI indicator that identifies a possible CQI value with the corresponding modulation order, code rate and efficiency is provided in Table 4 below, as follows. [0146] A CQI value may be reported in two formats: a wideband format, where one CQI value is reported corresponding to each PDSCH transport block, and a subband format, where one wideband CQI value is reported for the transport block, in addition to a set of subband CQI values corresponding to CQI subbands on which the transport block is transmitted. CQI subband sizes are configurable, and depends on the number of PRBs in a bandwidth part (BWP), as shown in Table 5. Table 4: Example of a 4-bit CQI table Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 50 CQI modulation code rate x efficiency index 1024 0 out of range 1 QPSK 78 0.1523 2 QPSK 120 0.2344 3 QPSK 193 0.3770 4 QPSK 308 0.6016 5 QPSK 449 0.8770 6 QPSK 602 1.1758 7 16QAM 378 1.4766 8 16QAM 490 1.9141 9 16QAM 616 2.4063 10 64QAM 466 2.7305 11 64QAM 567 3.3223 12 64QAM 666 3.9023 13 64QAM 772 4.5234 14 64QAM 873 5.1152 15 64QAM 948 5.5547 Table 5: Configurable subband sizes for a given BWP size Bandwidth part (PRBs) Subband size (PRBs) 24 – 72 4, 8 73 – 144 8, 16 145 – 275 16, 32 [0147] If the higher layer parameter cqi-BitsPerSubband in a CSI reporting setting CSI- ReportConfig is configured, subband CQI values are reported in a full form, e.g., using 4 bits for each subband CQI based on a CQI table, e.g., Table 4. If the higher layer parameter cqi- BitsPerSubband in CSI-ReportConfig is not configured, for each subband s, a 2-bit sub-band differential CQI value is reported, defined as: - Sub-band Offset level (s) = sub-band CQI index (s) - wideband CQI index. [0148] The mapping from the 2-bit sub-band differential CQI values to the offset level is shown in Table 6 as follows. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 51 Table 6: Mapping subband differential CQI value to offset level Sub-band differential CQI Offset level value 0 0 1 1 2 ≥ 2 3 ≤-1 [0149] Also, note that multiple tables corresponding to mapping CQI indices to modulation and coding schemes may exist. For instance, Table 7 below may correspond to a first CQI table with modulation and coding schemes that correspond to eMBB-based transmission, whereas Table 8 below of the CQI may correspond to a first CQI table with modulation and coding schemes that correspond to URLLC-based transmission. Note that eMBB-based DL transmission and URLLC- based DL transmission correspond to two different thresholds of transport block error probability, where the threshold of the transport block error probability corresponding to the URLLC-based DL transmission, e.g., 0.00001 is lower than the threshold of the transport block error probability corresponding to the eMBB-based DL transmission, e.g., 0.1. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 52 Table 7: CQI Table corresponding to eMBB-based DL transmission CQI modulation code rate x efficiency index 1024 0 out of range 1 QPSK 78 0.1523 2 QPSK 193 0.3770 3 QPSK 449 0.8770 4 16QAM 378 1.4766 5 16QAM 490 1.9141 6 16QAM 616 2.4063 7 64QAM 466 2.7305 8 64QAM 567 3.3223 9 64QAM 666 3.9023 10 64QAM 772 4.5234 11 64QAM 873 5.1152 12 256QAM 711 5.5547 13 256QAM 797 6.2266 14 256QAM 885 6.9141 15 256QAM 948 7.4063 Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 53 Table 8: CQI Table corresponding to URLLC-based DL transmission CQI modulation code rate x efficiency index 1024 0 out of range 1 QPSK 30 0.0586 2 QPSK 50 0.0977 3 QPSK 78 0.1523 4 QPSK 120 0.2344 5 QPSK 193 0.3770 6 QPSK 308 0.6016 7 QPSK 449 0.8770 8 QPSK 602 1.1758 9 16QAM 378 1.4766 10 16QAM 490 1.9141 11 16QAM 616 2.4063 12 64QAM 466 2.7305 13 64QAM 567 3.3223 14 64QAM 666 3.9023 15 64QAM 772 4.5234 [0150] Figure 7 illustrates an example 700 of ASN-1 code for configuring an NZP-CSI-RS resource set, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. Aspects of multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices include and/or are directed to TRS, which is transmitted for establishing fine time and frequency synchronization at a UE to aid in demodulation of PDSCH, particularly for higher order modulations. A TRS is an NZP CSI-RS resource set with “TRS-info” set to true. As shown in the example 700, “trs-info” indicates that the antenna port for NZP-CSI-RS resources in the CSI-RS resource set is the same. The TRS includes either 2 or 4 periodic CSI-RS resources with periodicity 2-μ * Xp slots where Xp = 10, 20, 40, or 80 and where μ is related to the sub carrier spacing (SCS), e.g. μ = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 for 15, 30, 60, 120, 240 kHz, respectively. The slot offsets for the 2 or 4 CSI-RS resources are configured such that the first pair of resources are transmitted in one slot, and the 2nd pair (if configured) are transmitted in the next (adjacent) slot. The four resources are single port with density 3, as further shown in Figure 8. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 54 [0151] Figure 8 illustrates an example 800 of TRS configuration, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In this example 800, the two CSI-RS within a slot are separated by four symbols in the time domain. This time-domain separation sets a limit for the frequency error (e.g., maximum) that can be compensated. Likewise, the frequency-domain separation of four subcarriers sets a limit for the timing error (e.g., maximum) that can be compensated. The number of TRS a UE can be configured with is a UE capability. For example, the number of TRS resource sets (per component carrier (CC)) that a UE is able to track simultaneously: Candidate value set {1 to 8}. The number of TRS resource sets configured to UE per CC: Candidate value set: {1 to 64}. The UE can report at least 8 for FR1 and 16 for FR2. The number of TRS resource sets configured to UE across CCs: Candidate value set: {1 to 256}. The UE can report at least 16 for FR1 and 32 for FR2. Furthermore, an aperiodic TRS is a set of aperiodic CSI-RS for tracking that is optionally configured, but a periodic TRS can be configured, and its time and frequency domain configurations (except for the periodicity) and match those of the periodic TRS. The UE may assume that the aperiodic TRS resources are quasi-co-located with the periodic TRS resources. [0152] Figure 9 illustrates an example 900 of ASN-1 code for QCL information, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In this example 900, a transmission configuration indicator (TCI) state (in example 900 and as configured by RRC) will have two QCL types (e.g., two RS) with the second QCL type for operation in FR2. [0153] With reference to DMRS and reception of DMRS for PDSCH, QCL TypeA properties (Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread) can be inferred from a periodic TRS. In turn for periodic TRS, QCL TypeC properties (Average delay, Doppler shift) can be inferred from a synchronization signal block (SSB) block. The DMRS is used to estimate channel coefficients for coherent detection of the physical channels. For DL, the DMRS is subject to the same precoding as the PDSCH. NR first defines two time-domain structures for DMRS according to the location of the first DMRS symbol. For example, mapping Type A, where the first DMRS is located in the second and the third symbol of the slot, and the DMRS is mapped relative to the start of the slot boundary, regardless of where in the slot the actual data transmission occurs. Further, mapping Type B, where the first DMRS is positioned in the first symbol of the data allocation, that Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 55 is, the DMRS location is not given relative to the slot boundary, rather relative to where the data are located. [0154] The mapping of PDSCH transmission can be dynamically signaled as part of the DCI. Moreover, the DMRS has two types, Types 1 and 2, which are distinguished in frequency-domain mapping and the number (e.g., maximum number) of orthogonal RS. Type 1 can provide up to four orthogonal signals using a single-symbol DMRS and up to eight orthogonal RS using a double- symbol DMRS. For four orthogonal signals, ports 1000 and 1001 use even-numbered subcarriers and are separated in the code domain within the code-division multiplexing (CDM) group (length-2 orthogonal sequences in the frequency domain). Antenna ports 1000 and 1001 belong to CDM group 0, since they use the same subcarriers. Similarly, ports 1002 and 1003 belong to CDM group 1 and are generated in the same way using odd-numbered subcarriers. The DMRS Type 2 has a similar structure to Type 1, but Type 2 can provide 6 and 12 patterns depending on the number of symbols. Four subcarriers are used in each resource block and in each CDM group defining three CDM groups. [0155] Figure 10 illustrates an example 1000 of ASN-1 code for PDSCH-Config IE, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In this example 1000, note that the configuration of the DMRS Type is provided through higher-layer signaling independently for each PDSCH and PUSCH, each mapping Type (A or B), and each BWP independently (see the RRC configuration). The PDSCH-Config IE, as shown in example 1000, is used to configure the UE specific PDSCH parameters. [0156] Figure 11 illustrates an example 1100 of ASN-1 code for DMRS-DownlinkConfig, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In this example 1100, the IE DMRS-DownlinkConfig is used to configure DL DMRS for PDSCH. [0157] Figures 12 and 13 illustrate an example 1200 of DMRS patterns for mapping Type A with front-load DMRS, as related to multi-resolution precoding based on multiple submatrices in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In this example 1200, the time domain mapping of the DMRS patterns can be decomposed to two parts. For example the first part defines the DMRS pattern used for the front-load DMRS, and then the second part defines a set of additional Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 56 DMRS symbols inside the scheduled data channel duration which are either single-symbols, or double-symbols, depending on the length of the front-load DMRS. Inside the scheduled time- domain allocation of a PDSCH, the UE may expect up to 4 DMRS symbols. The location of the DMRS is defined by both higher-layer configuration and dynamic (DCI-based) signaling, such as dmrs-TypeA-Position, maxLength, and dmrs-AdditionalPosition. When double-symbol DMRS is used, there can be up to one more double-symbol DMRS (total 4 DMRS symbols inside the PDSCH allocation). Different DMRS patterns for mapping Type A with front-load DMRS are shown in the example 1200. [0158] In the absence of CSI-RS configuration, and unless otherwise configured, the UE may assume PDSCH DMRS and SS/ physical broadcast channel (PBCH) block antenna ports are quasi co-located with respect to Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, and spatial receiver (Rx) parameters (if applicable). However, a CSI-RS for tracking can be used as a QCL reference (e.g., having larger bandwidth (BW) than an SS/ PBCH block). Furthermore, the UE may assume that the PDSCH DMRS within the same CDM group are quasi co-located with respect to Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, and spatial Rx. The UE may then perform a joint estimation of DMRS ports which are CDMed using the same long-term statistics, and the UE may not measure, or use, different long-term statistics for different DMRS ports of the same PDSCH. [0159] For codeword to layer mapping the UE may assume that complex-valued modulation symbols for each of the codewords to be transmitted are mapped onto one or several layers according to Table 9 below. Complex-valued modulation symbols v^w^^0^, … , v^w^^s^w^ symb − 1^ for codeword * may be mapped onto the layers x^y^ = !x^z^^y^ …
Figure imgf000058_0001
… , slayer symb − 1 where | is the number of layers and slayer
Figure imgf000058_0002
symb is the of modulation symbols per
Figure imgf000058_0003
Figure imgf000058_0004
Table 9: layer mapping for spatial multiplexing Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 57 Codeword-to-layer mapping Number of layers Number of codewords i=0,1,..., M layer symb − 1 (0 layer (0 ) 1 1 x )(i) =d(0 )( i ) M symb = Msymb x(0)(i) =d(0 )(2 i ) 2 1 (1) ( M layer symb = Ms ( y0 m) b 2 x (i)=d0 )(2 i +1 ) x(0)(i) =d(0 )(3 i ) 3 1 x(1)(i)=d(0 )(3 i +1 ) M layer symb = Ms ( y0 m) b 3 x(2)(i)=d(0 )(3 i +2 ) x(0)(i) =d(0 )(4 i ) x(1)(i)=d(0 )(4 i +1 ) layer 4 1 (0) (2) M symb = Msymb 4 x (i)=d(0 )(4 i +2 ) x(3)(i)=d(0 )(4 i +3 ) x(0)(i) =d(0 )(2 i ) x(1)(i)=d(0 )(2 i +1 ) layer (0 ) (1 5 2 x(2)(i) =d(1 )(3 i ) M symb =Msymb 2 = M ) symb 3 x(3)(i)=d(1 )(3 i +1 ) x(4)(i)=d(1 )(3 i +2 ) x(0)(i) =d(0 )(3 i ) x(1)(i)=d(0 )(3 i +1 ) x(2)(i)=d(0 )(3 i +2 ) M layer = (0 ) (1 ) 6 2 (3) ( symb Msymb 3 = Msymb 3 x (i) =d1 )(3 i ) x(4)(i)=d(1 )(3 i +1 ) x(5)(i)=d(1 )(3 i +2 ) x(0)(i) =d(0 )(3 i ) x(1)(i)=d(0 )(3 i +1 ) x(2)(i)=d(0 )(3 i +2 ) l x(3)(i) =d(1 ayer (0 ) (1 ) 7 2 )(4 i ) M symb =Msymb 3 = Msymb 4 x(4)(i)=d(1 )(4 i +1 ) x(5)(i)=d(1 )(4 i +2 ) x(6)(i)=d(1 )(4 i +3 ) x(0)(i) =d(0 )(4 i ) x(1)(i)=d(0 )(4 i +1 ) x(2)(i)=d(0 )(4 i +2 ) x(3)(i)=d(0 )(4 i +3 ) 8 2 M layer symb =M(0 ) (1 ) symb 4 = Msymb 4 x(4)(i) =d(1 )(4 i ) x(5)(i)=d(1 )(4 i +1 ) x(6)(i)=d(1 )(4 i +2 ) x(7)(i)=d(1 )(4 i +3 ) Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 58 [0160] The following discusses antenna panel/port, quasi-collocation, TCI state, and spatial relation. In some implementations, the terms antenna, panel, and antenna panel are used interchangeably. An antenna panel may be a hardware that is used for transmitting and/or receiving radio signals at frequencies lower than 6GHz, e.g., FR1, or higher than 6GHz, e.g., FR2 or millimeter wave (mmWave). In some implementations, an antenna panel may include an array of antenna elements, where each antenna element is connected to hardware such as a phase shifter that allows a control module to apply spatial parameters for transmission and/or reception of signals. The resulting radiation pattern may be called a beam, which may or may not be unimodal and may allow the device to amplify signals that are transmitted or received from spatial directions. [0161] In some implementations, an antenna panel may or may not be virtualized as an antenna port in the specifications. An antenna panel may be connected to a baseband processing module through a radio frequency (RF) chain for each of transmission (egress) and reception (ingress) directions. A capability of a device in terms of the number of antenna panels, their duplexing capabilities, their beamforming capabilities, and so on, may or may not be transparent to other devices. In some implementations, capability information may be communicated via signaling or, in some implementations, capability information may be provided to devices without signaling. In the case that such information is available to other devices, it can be used for signaling or local decision making. [0162] In some implementations, a device (e.g., UE, node) antenna panel may be a physical or logical antenna array including a set of antenna elements or antenna ports that share a common or a significant portion of an RF chain (e.g., in-phase/quadrature (I/Q) modulator, analog to digital (A/D) converter, local oscillator, phase shift network). The device antenna panel or “device panel” may be a logical entity with physical device antennas mapped to the logical entity. The mapping of physical device antennas to the logical entity may be up to device implementation. Communicating (receiving or transmitting) on at least a subset of antenna elements or antenna ports active for radiating energy (also referred to herein as active elements) of an antenna panel may use biasing or powering on of the RF chain which results in current drain or power consumption in the device associated with the antenna panel (including power amplifier/low noise amplifier (LNA) power consumption associated with the antenna elements or antenna ports). Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 59 [0163] The phrase "active for radiating energy," as used herein, is not meant to be limited to a transmit function but also encompasses a receive function. Accordingly, an antenna element that is active for radiating energy may be coupled to a transmitter to transmit radio frequency energy or to a receiver to receive radio frequency energy, either simultaneously or sequentially, or may be coupled to a transceiver in general, for performing its intended functionality. Communicating on the active elements of an antenna panel enables generation of radiation patterns or beams. [0164] In some implementations, depending on device’s own implementation, a “device panel” can have at least one of the following functionalities as an operational role of Unit of antenna group to control its Tx beam independently, Unit of antenna group to control its transmission power independently, Unit of antenna group to control its transmission timing independently. The “device panel” may be transparent to gNB. For some condition(s), gNB or network can assume the mapping between device’s physical antennas to the logical entity “device panel” may not be changed. For example, the condition may include until the next update or report from device or include a duration of time over which the gNB assumes there will be no change to the mapping. A device may report its capability with respect to the “device panel” to the gNB or network. The device capability may include at least the number of “device panels”. In one implementation, the device may support UL transmission from one beam within a panel; with multiple panels, more than one beam (one beam per panel) may be used for UL transmission. In another implementation, more than one beam per panel may be supported/used for UL transmission. [0165] In some of the implementations described, an antenna port is defined such that the channel over which a symbol on the antenna port is conveyed can be inferred from the channel over which another symbol on the same antenna port is conveyed. [0166] Two antenna ports are said to be QCL if the large-scale properties of the channel over which a symbol on one antenna port is conveyed can be inferred from the channel over which a symbol on the other antenna port is conveyed. The large-scale properties include one or more of delay spread, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average gain, average delay, and spatial Rx parameters. Two antenna ports may be quasi-located with respect to a subset of the large-scale properties and different subset of large-scale properties may be indicated by a QCL Type. The QCL Type can indicate which channel properties are the same between the two RS (e.g., on the two antenna ports). Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 60 Thus, the RS can be linked to each other with respect to what the UE can assume about their channel statistics or QCL properties. For example, qcl-Type may take one of the following values: - 'QCL-TypeA': {Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread} - 'QCL-TypeB': {Doppler shift, Doppler spread} - 'QCL-TypeC': {Doppler shift, average delay} - 'QCL-TypeD': {Spatial Rx parameter}. [0167] Spatial Rx parameters may include one or more of: Angle of Arrival (AoA,) Dominant AoA, average AoA, angular spread, Power Angular Spectrum (PAS) of AoA, average Angle of Departure (AoD), PAS of AoD, transmit/receive channel correlation, transmit/receive beamforming, spatial channel correlation etc. [0168] QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB and QCL-TypeC may be applicable for carrier frequencies, but the QCL-TypeD may be applicable in higher carrier frequencies (e.g., mmWave, FR2 and beyond), where the UE may not be able to perform omni-directional transmission, e.g. the UE may form beams for directional transmission. A QCL-TypeD between two RS A and B, the RS A is considered to be spatially co-located with RS B and the UE may assume that the RSs A and B can be received with the same spatial filter (e.g., with the same RX beamforming weights). [0169] An “antenna port” according to an implementation may be a logical port that may correspond to a beam (resulting from beamforming) or may correspond to a physical antenna on a device. In some implementations, a physical antenna may map directly to a single antenna port, in which an antenna port corresponds to an actual physical antenna. Alternately, a set or subset of physical antennas, or antenna set or antenna array or antenna sub-array, may be mapped to one or more antenna ports after applying complex weights, a cyclic delay, or both to the signal on each physical antenna. The physical antenna set may have antennas from a single module or panel or from multiple modules or panels. The weights may be fixed as in an antenna virtualization scheme, such as cyclic delay diversity (CDD). The procedure used to derive antenna ports from physical antennas may be specific to a device implementation and transparent to other devices. [0170] In some of the implementations described, a Transmission Configuration Indication (TCI) state associated with a target transmission can indicate parameters for configuring a quasi- collocation relationship between the target transmission (e.g., target RS of DMRS ports of the target Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 61 transmission during a transmission occasion) and a source RS(s) (e.g., SSB/CSI-RS/SRS) with respect to quasi co-location type parameter(s) indicated in the corresponding TCI state. The TCI describes which RS are used as QCL source, and what QCL properties can be derived from each RS. A device can receive a configuration of a plurality of transmission configuration indicator states for a serving cell for transmissions on the serving cell. In some of the implementations described, a TCI state includes at least one source RS to provide a reference (UE assumption) for determining QCL and/or spatial filter. [0171] In some of the implementations described, a spatial relation information associated with a target transmission can indicate parameters for configuring a spatial setting between the target transmission and a reference RS (e.g., SSB/CSI-RS/SRS). For example, the device may transmit the target transmission with the same spatial domain filter used for reception the reference RS (e.g., DL RS such as SSB/CSI-RS). In another example, the device may transmit the target transmission with the same spatial domain transmission filter used for the transmission of the reference RS (e.g., UL RS such as SRS). A device can receive a configuration of a plurality of spatial relation information configurations for a serving cell for transmissions on the serving cell. [0172] In some of the implementations described, a UL TCI state is provided if a device is configured with separate DL/UL TCI by RRC signaling. The UL TCI state may include a source RS which provides a reference for determining UL spatial domain transmission filter for the UL transmission (e.g., dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH, dedicated PUCCH resources) in a CC or across a set of configured CCs/BWPs. [0173] In some of the implementations described, a joint DL/UL TCI state is provided if the device is configured with joint DL/UL TCI by RRC signaling (e.g., configuration of joint TCI or separate DL/UL TCI is based on RRC signaling). The joint DL/UL TCI state refers to at least a common source reference RS used for determining both the DL QCL information and the UL spatial transmission filter. The source RS determined from the indicated joint (or common) TCI state provides QCL Type-D indication (e.g., for device-dedicated PDCCH/PDSCH) and is used to determine UL spatial transmission filter (e.g., for UE-dedicated PUSCH/PUCCH) for a CC or across a set of configured CCs/BWPs. In one example, the UL spatial transmission filter is derived from the RS of DL QCL Type D in the joint TCI state. The spatial setting of the UL transmission Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 62 may be according to the spatial relation with a reference to the source RS configured with qcl-Type set to 'typeD' in the joint TCI state. [0174] The following discusses time, frequency, and phase synchronization issues in CJT. In a multi-path scenario, the propagation delay (e.g., maximum propagation delay) between the first and the last arriving path above a threshold corresponds to a measure of the delay spread, where an inverse of the delay spread is related to the coherence BW of the corresponding channel. In the presence of multiple nodes, e.g., two TRPs, that are far enough in space, the propagation delay between the signal transmission from the two TRPs corresponds to a measure of the delay spread. [0175] Assuming a multi-TRP scenario with single-path transmission of the same signal from two nodes, the delay spread, tDS, corresponds to a propagation delay difference between the two nodes. The propagation delay difference, △ ~u^7u, can be mapped to a distance between the two TRPs, v t^, where v t^ = m.△ ~u^7u, △ ~u^7u = ~^j, and c is the speed of light. [0176] In an example: if two TRPs are of distance v t^ = 600 m., △ ~u^7u = 2^n, implying that the coherence BW, ^p ≈ ^ ^^: = 500V^^. Assuming a PMI subband size of 4 RBs with 30 kHz SCS, the BW of PMI reporting, ^^^^k = 1.44 s^^, which is larger than the coherence BW. Thereby, more TRP coordination with respect to time synchronization may be used. [0177] For frequency coordination, assume the CFO per TRP is 0.01 ppm, e.g., 0.01x10-6xfc, the offset (e.g., maximum offset) across two TRPs is 2 × 10?^ × 5 × 10^ = 100^^, assuming ^p = 5GHz. The phase difference caused assuming a delay of 5ms for CSI reporting is 2^^~ = 360 × 100 × 5 × 10?W = 180^ [0178] Furthermore, assume a TRP is moving at a distance of 54 km/h, the Doppler shift becomes ^^ = ^ p ^p = 250^^, leading to a total of 350Hz of frequency shift. [0179] Note that time synchronization mismatch can be caused by at least 3 factors: (1) Local clock synchronization errors. While it is assumed that the synchronization between cells can be ensured via satellite positioning, e.g., GPS-based, synchronization errors vary from 10 ns to up to 1; Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 63 (2) Hardware imperfections. Even if RRHs are synchronized via GPS, the signal transmission timeline is impacted by hardware issues (transmission delay due to RF issues); (3) Propagation delay. Delay due to the different time propagation of signals from two non-co-located sources to the same destination. [0180] In OFDM systems, a symbol over one sub-carrier incurs a frequency-flat channel as long as the delay spread is within the Cyclic Prefix (CP) duration (See Table 10). However, precoding resolution may be improved for channels with high delay spread, e.g., reduce PMI/CQI SB size, since a precoding unit may span multiple sub-carriers. Frequency synchronization mismatch can be caused by at least 2 factors: (1) CFO: shift in carrier frequency at RF front end compared with nominal carrier frequency; (2) Doppler shift: caused by the relative motion of the receiver with respect to the transmitter(s). [0181] Unlike the delay spread, frequency shifted signals at the UE are more challenging to deal with and require complicated receiver architectures especially in case of DL CJT, assuming the same DMRS port associated to both signals. Table 10: NR numerology illustrating SCS, symbol duration, CP and corresponding overhead Symbol CP for Long Overhead % CP for Overhead % Numerology SCS (KHz) Duration Symbols Other (µ) Symbols 0 15 KHz 66.67 µs 5.2 µs 7.8% 4.69 µs 7.0% 1 30 KHz 33.33 µs 2.86 µs 8.6% 2.34 µs 7.0% 2 60 KHz 16.67 µs 1.69 µs 10.2% 1.17 µs 7.0% 3 120 KHz 8.33 µs 1.11 µs 13.3% 0.59 µs 7.0% 4 240 KHz 4.1711 µs 0.81 µs 19.5% 0.29 µs 7.0% [0182] Accordingly, aspects of the present disclosure support reporting time, frequency, and phase offsets for synchronization for CJT. In the following discussion the following notions can be used interchangeably: network nodes, TRP, panel, set of antennas, set of antenna ports, uniform linear array, cell, node, radio head, communication (e.g., signals/channels) associated with a Control Resource Set (CORESET) pool, communication associated with a TCI state from a transmission configuration including at least two TCI states. Further, a codebook type used for PMI reporting can vary, with flexibility for use different codebook types, e.g., Type-II Rel. 16 codebook, Type-II Rel. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 64 17 codebook, Type-II Rel. 18 codebook, etc. A TRS can correspond to an NZP CSI-RS resource set with a parameter ‘trs-info’ being configured. A CSI-RS for beam management can correspond to an NZP CSI-RS resource set with a parameter ‘repetition’ being configured. A CSI-RS for CSI can correspond to an NZP CSI-RS resource set with neither parameters ‘trs-info’ nor ‘repetition’ being configured. A matrix can imply a sequence of fields of an arbitrary dimension, including an array (vector) of values, a standard 2D matrix and more generally a Q-dimensional matrix (tensor) where Q≥2 is an integer value. The terms multi-TRP, CJT, joint transmission, and CoMP can be used interchangeably to refer to multiple nodes transmitting a same signal to a UE. Several implementations are described below. According to implementations one or more elements and/or features from one or more of the described implementations may be combined in various ways. [0183] Implementations described herein support indication of synchronization information measurement and/or reporting. For instance, a network can configure a UE with reporting synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency, or phase corresponding to DL CJT. An indication of a configuration corresponding to reporting the synchronization information can be a combination of one or more of the following as discussed below. [0184] In implementations an indication of a configuration corresponding to reporting the synchronization information can be included in a higher-layer parameter (e.g., sync-info, calibration-info) within a CSI-ReportConfig CSI Reporting Setting IE that configures the UE with reporting synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding to CJT. The higher-layer parameter may appear in different sub-elements of the Reporting Setting IE. An example of ASN.1 code that corresponds to such implementations is provided in Figures 14 and 15 for the CSI-ReportConfig Reporting Setting IE. [0185] Figures 14 and 15 illustrate an example of ASN.1 code for an IE 1400 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The IE 1400, for instance, can be used to configure a UE with reporting synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding to CJT. In implementations an indication of a configuration corresponding to reporting the synchronization information can be included in a higher-layer parameter 1402 (e.g., sync-info, calibration-info) within a CSI-ReportConfig CSI Reporting Setting IE that configures the UE with reporting synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 65 to CJT, such as the IE 1400. The higher-layer parameter may appear in different sub-elements of the Reporting Setting IE. [0186] Figure 16 illustrates an example of ASN.1 code for an IE 1600. The IE 1600, for instance, represents a CodebookConfig Codebook Configuration IE. In implementations the higher- layer parameter e.g., calibration-info, is configured within the Codebook Configuration CodebookConfig IE, e.g., CodebookConfig-r18. In yet another implementation, the new parameter is a sub-parameter 1602 within the higher-layer parameter codebookType, whenever the Codebook Type is set to ‘typeII-CJT-r18’ or ‘typeII-CJT-PortSelection-r18’. In implementations the configuration corresponding to reporting the synchronization information is indicated and/or inferred from a value of a higher-layer parameter corresponding to a report quantity of the CSI, e.g., reportQuantity. [0187] Figure 17 illustrates an example of ASN.1 code for an IE 1700. The IE 1700, for instance, illustrates where additional values of the reportQuantity parameter are configured. In an example a value of the higher-layer parameter reportQuantity that corresponds to a codepoint mapped to indication of a configuration corresponding to reporting the synchronization information (SI), e.g., SI, corresponding to the synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding to CJT. The IE 1700, for instance, represents a CSI-ReportConfig Reporting Setting IE. [0188] Figures 18 and 19 illustrate an example of ASN.1 code for an IE 1800. The IE 1800, for example, includes an additional parameter corresponding to a second reportQuantity parameter that is configured. In an example, a second higher-layer parameter corresponding to a second Report quantity (e.g., reportQuantity1) can indicate configuration corresponding to reporting the synchronization information (SI). In a further implementation, the configuration corresponding to reporting the synchronization information is indicated or inferred from a value of a higher-layer parameter corresponding to a PDSCH configuration, e.g., pdsch-config. [0189] Implementations described herein provide for TRP selection based on network- configured synchronization criteria. For instance, if a UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding to DL CJT, and if the UE is configured to perform a selection of a subset of TRPs from a set of TRPs Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 66 configured by the network for DL CJT, the UE can perform the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs based on a set of criteria corresponding to the synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding to DL CJT. Several implementations are described below. According to implementations one or more elements or features from one or more of the described implementations may be combined. [0190] In implementations at least one criterion in the set of criteria is based on a first constraint on a time offset between two TRPs corresponding to DL CJT, where a time offset between the TRPs in the subset of TRPs is no larger than a first threshold value based on the first constraint. In an example, the first threshold value is in a form of a fraction of a CP value associated with the DL transmission, e.g., the first threshold value is in a form ^^i^, where ^i^ is the CP duration value, ^ ^ ^ ^ W and α is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @^ ^ , ^ , W , ^ , W , ^ D.
Figure imgf000068_0001
duration value associated with the DL transmission, e.g., the first threshold value is in a form ^^r^^^, where ^r^^^ is the symbol duration value, and ^ is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^zz , ^z , ^z , ^z D. [0192] In an example, the first threshold value is in a form of a fraction of a slot duration value associated with the DL transmission, e.g., the first threshold value is in a form ^^r^7^, where ^r^7^ is the slot duration value, and ^ is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @ ^ ^zzz , ^ ^ ^ ^ ^zz , ^zz , ^zz , ^z D. [0193] In an example, the first threshold value is in an order of a time value (e.g., absolute time value), e.g., microseconds or nanoseconds. In an example, the first threshold value is higher-layer configured by the network e.g., configured within a DL configuration or a CSI reporting configuration. In an example, the first threshold value is fixed and known to both the network node and the UE node. In an example, the time offset corresponds to a measure of an average delay, a delay spread, inverse of a coherence BW of a channel, or a combination thereof. [0194] In implementations, at least one criterion in the set of criteria is based on a second constraint on a frequency offset between two TRPs corresponding to DL CJT, where a frequency offset between any TRPs in the subset of TRPs may be no larger than a second threshold value Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 67 based on the second constraint. In an example, the second threshold value is in a form of a fraction of an SCS value associated with the DL transmission, e.g., the second threshold value is in a form ^^jij, where ^jij is the SCS value, and α is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @ ^ ^zz , ^ ^ ^ ^z , ^z , ^z D. In an example, the second threshold value is in an order of a frequency value (e.g.,
Figure imgf000069_0001
frequency value) whose value takes on at least a subset of values ^10,15,30,60,100,150,200,300,500,1000^ Hz [0195] In an example, the second threshold value is higher-layer configured by the network e.g., configured within a DL configuration or a CSI reporting configuration. In an example, the second threshold value is fixed and known to both the network node and the UE node. In an example, the frequency offset corresponds to a measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread, or a combination thereof. [0196] In implementations, at least one criterion in the set of criteria is based on a third constraint on a phase offset between two TRPs corresponding to DL CJT, where a phase offset between any TRPs in the subset of TRPs may be no larger than a third threshold value based on the third constraint. In an example, the third threshold value is in a form of a fraction of a radian value, e.g., the third threshold value is in a form ^^, where ^ is the Pi value, and α is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ W ^^ , ^ , ^ , ^ , W , ^ , W , ^ , 1 D. In an example, the third threshold
Figure imgf000069_0002
whose value takes on at least a subset of values ^10,15,30,45,60,90,120,135,180^ degrees. [0197] In an example, the third threshold value is higher-layer configured by the network e.g., configured within a DL configuration or a CSI reporting configuration. In an example, the third threshold value is fixed and known to both the network node and the UE node. [0198] In implementations, the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs is based on a fourth constraint on a number (e.g., maximum number) of TCI states associated with the subset of TRPs, where the subset of TRPs are grouped to one or more groups of TRPs, a number of the one or more groups of TRPs is equal to the number of TCI states. In an example, the number of the one or more groups is two. In an example, NZP CSI-RS resources associated with TRPs in a group of the one or more groups of TRPs are QCLed with a DMRS for PDSCH with respect to Type-A and Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 68 Type-D, if applicable. In an example, two NZP CSI-RS resources associated with two TRPs associated with two groups of the one or more groups of TRPs are QCLed with the DMRS for PDSCH with respect to Type-C. In an example, a number of the subset of TRPs is no more than double the number of the one or more groups of TRPs. [0199] In implementations, each TRP is associated with an RS with a distinct ID. In an example, each TRP is associated with an SS/PBCH with a distinct SSBRI. In an example, each TRP is associated with an NZP CSI-RS resource with a distinct CSI-RS resource ID, CRI, or a combination thereof. In an example, each TRP is associated with a TRS with a distinct CSI-RS resource set. In an example, each TRP is associated with a pair of RSs, including a TRS with a first ID and an NZP CSI-RS resource with a second ID. In an example, a time, frequency configuration of the RS is based on whether a time offset value or a phase offset value is evaluated. [0200] In implementations, a subset of TRPs from a set of TRPs configured by the network for DL CJT is reported by the UE to the network in a UE-generated report fed back to the network over a physical UL channel. In an example, the UE-generated report is a CSI report fed back in an aperiodic behavior based on a network configuration over a PUSCH, where the configuration is based on a DCI signal. In an example, the UE-generated report is a CSI report fed back in a semi- persistent behavior based on a network configuration over a PUSCH, where the configuration is based on one of a DCI signal or a MAC-CE based signal. In an example, the UE-generated report is a CSI report fed back in a semi-persistent behavior based on a network configuration over a PUCCH, where the configuration is based on one of a MAC-CE based signal or an RRC-based signal. [0201] In a further example, the UE-generated report is a CSI report fed back in a periodic behavior based on a network configuration over a PUCCH, where the configuration is based on one of a MAC-CE based signal or an RRC-based signal. In an example, the UE-generated report is a CSI report where an indicator of the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs can be multiplexed with CSI report quantities, including at least one of CRI, SSBRI, PMI, Rank Indicator (RI), CQI, Layer Indicator (LI), L1-RSRP, L1-SINR, and TDCP. In an example, the UE-generated report is a CSI report where an indicator of the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs can be multiplexed with TDCP. In an example, the UE-generated report is a CSI report where an indicator of the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs corresponds to a standalone Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 69 CSI report corresponding to a CSI report quantity that cannot be multiplexed with other CSI report quantities. In an example, the UE-generated report is a standalone report corresponding to a node, RRH, or a TRP selection-based report. [0202] In a further example, each TRP in the set of TRPs corresponds to a distinct NZP CSI-RS resource, a distinct TRS, or a combination thereof. In an example, the UE-generated is report is associated with a priority value that is higher than a CSI report including at least one of CRI, SSBRI, PMI, RI, CQI, LI, L1-RSRP, L1-SINR, and TDCP, where the UE-generated report is multiplexed to an order that precedes the CSI report over one of PUSCH, PUCCH. [0203] In implementations, evaluations of the set of criteria associated with the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs are based on a time restriction parameter. In an example, channel measurement resources corresponding to the evaluations of the set of criteria associated with the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs are configured with a time restriction for channel measurement. The selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs, for example, is based on the most recent (e.g., no later than a CSI reference resource) occasion of the channel measurement resource corresponding to an SS/PBCH, NZP CSI-RS, TRS or a combination thereof, which may be indicated within a CSI resource setting. In an example, channel measurement resources corresponding to the evaluations of the set of criteria associated with the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs are not configured with a time restriction for channel measurement, where the selection is based on the SS/PBCH, NZP CSI-RS, TRS or a combination thereof, no later than a CSI reference resource associated with the CSI resource setting. [0204] In a further example, if the channel measurement resources are not configured with a time restriction for channel measurement, a number of occasions of SS/PBCH, NZP CSI-RS, TRS or a combination thereof corresponding to the selection are configured by the network. In an example, if the channel measurement resources are not configured with a time restriction for channel measurement, a time duration including at least one transmission occasions of SS/PBCH, NZP CSI-RS, TRS or a combination thereof, is configured by the network, where the time duration is identified in a unit of at least one of millisecond, a slot, or a periodicity value of the SS/PBCH, the NZP CSI-RS or the TRS. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 70 [0205] Implementations described herein address RS configuration for time, frequency, and phase synchronization. For instance, a UE configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding to DL CJT can be configured with receiving one or more RSs to enable measurement of the said time, frequency, and phase information. Several implementations are described below. According to implementations, one or more elements or features from one or more of the described implementations may be combined. [0206] In implementations, a UE is configured with TRS, where the TRS includes one or more CSI-RS resources, and a density of each CSI-RS resource of the one or more CSI-RS resources in the frequency domain is configured by the network. In an example, the density of each CSI-RS resource is based on a number of TRPs associated with CJT, e.g., the more the number of TRPs, the higher the density of the CSI-RS resource. In an example, the one or more CSI-RS resources are mapped to a same slot. In an example, the UE is configured with multiple TRSs, each TRS is associated, mapped or QCLed with a distinct CSI-RS resource corresponding to a TRP. In an example, each TRS of the multiple TRSs are associated with a same one or more CSI-RS resources. In an example, one TRS of the multiple TRSs is periodic TRS, and a remainder of the multiple TRSs are aperiodic TRS. In an example, the one TRS is associated with a reference TRP. [0207] In implementations, the UE is configured with TRS, where the TRS includes a plurality of CSI-RS resources, and a number of the CSI-RS resources in a slot is configured by the network. In an example, a number of the plurality of CSI-RS resources in each TRS is based on a number of TRPs associated with CJT, e.g., the more the number of TRPs, the larger the number of the plurality of CSI-RS resources in each TRS. In an example, the plurality of CSI-RS resources are mapped to a same slot. In an example, the UE is configured with multiple TRSs, each TRS is associated, mapped or QCLed with a distinct CSI-RS resource corresponding to a TRP. In an example, each TRS of the multiple TRSs are associated with a same one or more CSI-RS resources. In an example, one TRS of the multiple TRSs is periodic TRS, and a remainder of the multiple TRSs are aperiodic TRS. In an example, the one TRS is associated with a reference TRP. [0208] In implementations, the UE is configured with a plurality of NZP CSI-RS resources, where each CSI-RS resource is associated with a distinct TRP. In an example, the NZP CSI-RS resources are configured with periodic or semi-persistent time-domain behavior, and where the NZP Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 71 CSI-RS resources are configured with a same periodicity value and a slot offset such that the NZP CSI-RS resources are transmitted in a same or consecutive slots. In an example, the NZP CSI-RS resources are configured with aperiodic time-domain behavior, and where the NZP CSI-RS resources are triggered with a same trigger. In an example, each NZP CSI-RS resource of the plurality of NZP CSI-RS resources is associated with a same frequency density, and where the frequency density. [0209] Implementations described herein support UE-assisted reporting of synchronization information. For instance, if a UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding to DL CJT, the UE can report at least one of time, frequency and phase synchronization information corresponding to DL CJT. Several implementations are described below. According to implementations, one or more elements or features from one or more of the described implementations may be combined. [0210] In implementations, the UE can report one or more time offset values between a group of TRPs, e.g., K TRPs, corresponding to DL CJT. In an example, a time offset value of the reported one or more time offset values is in a form of a fraction of a CP value associated with the DL transmission, e.g., the time offset value is in a form ^^i^, where ^i^ is the CP duration value, and α ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ W is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @^ , ^ , W , ^ , W , ^ D and where an
Figure imgf000073_0001
or more time offset values is in a form of a fraction of a symbol duration value associated with the DL transmission, e.g., the time offset value is in a form ^^r^^^, where ^r^^^ is the symbol duration value, and ^ is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^zz , ^z , ^z , ^z D and
Figure imgf000073_0002
where an indication of the value of ^ is reported. [0211] In a further example, a time offset value of the reported one or more time offset values is in a form of a fraction of a slot duration value associated with the DL transmission, e.g., the first threshold value is in a form ^^r^7^, where ^r^7^ is the slot duration value, and ^ is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @ ^ , ^ ^ ^ ^ , , ^ , D and where an indication of
Figure imgf000073_0003
zz ^z the value of ^ is reported. In an example, a time offset value of the reported one or more time offset values is in an order of a time value (e.g., absolute time value), e.g., microseconds or nanoseconds, Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 72 and where an indication of the time offset value is reported from a codebook of pre-determined time offset values, e.g., absolute time offset values. In an example, a number of the one or more time offset values reported is equal to a number of the group of TRPs less one, e.g., a − 1 values, where the one or more time offset values are computed with respect to a reference TRP. [0212] In a further example, an index of the reference TRP is one of configured by the network, reported by the UE, or identified based on a rule involving an index value of an RS associated with the TRP. In an example, the time offset corresponds to a measure of an average delay, a delay spread, or a combination thereof. [0213] In implementations, the UE can report one or more frequency offset values between a group of TRPs, e.g., K TRPs, corresponding to DL CJT. In an example, a frequency offset value of the reported one or more time offset values is in a form of a fraction of an SCS value associated with the DL transmission, e.g., the second threshold value is in a form ^^jij, where ^jij is the SCS value, and α is a coefficient whose value takes on at least a subset of values @ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^zz , ^z , ^z , ^z D and
Figure imgf000074_0001
where an indication of the value of ^ is reported. In an example, a value of the reported one or more frequency offset values is in an order of a frequency value (e.g., absolute frequency value) whose value takes on at least a subset of values ^10,15,30,60,100,150,200,300,500,1000^ Hz, and where an indication of the frequency offset value is reported from a codebook of pre-determined frequency offset values, e.g., absolute frequency offset values. [0214] In a further example, a number of the one or more frequency offset values reported is equal to a number of the group of TRPs less one, e.g., a − 1 values, where the one or more frequency offset values are computed with respect to a reference TRP. In an example, an index of the reference TRP is one of configured by the network, reported by the UE, or identified based on a rule involving an index value of an RS associated with the TRP. In an example, the frequency offset corresponds to a measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread, or a combination thereof. [0215] In implementations, the UE is configured to report one or more phase offset values between a group of TRPs, e.g., K TRPs, corresponding to DL CJT. In an example, a phase offset value of the reported one or more phase offset values is in a form of a fraction of a radian value, e.g., the phase offset value is in a form ^^, where ^ is the Pi value, and α is a coefficient whose Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 73 value takes on at least a subset of values @ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ W ^^ , ^ , ^ , ^ , W , ^ , W , ^ , 1 D and where an indication of the or more phase offset
Figure imgf000075_0001
of values ^10,15,30,45,60,90,120,135,180^ degrees, and where an indication of the phase offset value (e.g., absolute phase offset value) is reported from a codebook of pre-determined phase offset values, e.g., absolute phase offset values. In an example, a number of the one or more phase offset values reported is equal to a number of the group of TRPs less one, e.g., a − 1 values, where the one or more phase offset values are computed with respect to a reference TRP. In an example, an index of the reference TRP is one of configured by the network, reported by the UE, or identified based on a rule involving an index value of an RS associated with the TRP. [0216] In implementations, each TRP is associated with an RS with a distinct ID. In an example, each TRP is associated with an SS/PBCH with a distinct SSBRI. In an example, each TRP is associated with an NZP CSI-RS resource with a distinct CSI-RS resource ID, CRI, or a combination thereof. In an example, each TRP is associated with a TRS with a distinct CSI-RS resource set. In an example, each TRP is associated with a pair of RSs, including a TRS with a first ID and an NZP CSI-RS resource with a second ID. In an example, a time, frequency configuration of the RS is based on whether a time offset value or a phase offset value is evaluated or reported. [0217] In implementations, the reported time offset values, the reported frequency offset values, the reported phase offset values, or a combination thereof, are reported by the UE to the network in a UE-generated report fed back to the network over a physical UL channel. In an example, the UE- generated report is a CSI report fed back in an aperiodic behavior based on a network configuration over a PUSCH, where the configuration is based on a DCI signal. In an example, the UE-generated report is a CSI report fed back in a semi-persistent behavior based on a network configuration over a PUSCH, where the configuration is based on one of a DCI signal or a MAC-CE based signal. [0218] In a further example, the UE-generated report is a CSI report fed back in a semi- persistent behavior based on a network configuration over a PUCCH, where the configuration is based on one of a MAC-CE based signal or an RRC-based signal. In an example, the UE-generated report is a CSI report fed back in a periodic behavior based on a network configuration over a PUCCH, where the configuration is based on one of a MAC-CE based signal or an RRC-based Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 74 signal. In an example, the UE-generated report is a CSI report where an indicator of the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs can be multiplexed with CSI report quantities, including at least one of CRI, SSBRI, PMI, RI, CQI, LI, L1-RSRP, L1-SINR, and TDCP. [0219] In a further example, the UE-generated report is a CSI report where an indicator of the selection of the subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs can be multiplexed with TDCP. In an example, the UE-generated report is a standalone CSI report corresponding to a CSI report quantity that cannot be multiplexed with other CSI report quantities. In an example, the UE-generated report is a standalone report corresponding to a synchronization information, calibration information, pre- compensation information, or a combination thereof. In an example, the UE-generated is report is associated with a priority value that is higher than a CSI report including at least one of CRI, SSBRI, PMI, RI, CQI, LI, L1-RSRP, L1-SINR, and TDCP, where the UE-generated report is multiplexed to an order that precedes the CSI report over one of PUSCH, PUCCH. [0220] In implementations, evaluations of the reported time offset values, the reported frequency offset values, the reported phase offset values, or a combination thereof are based on a time restriction parameter. In an example, channel measurement resources corresponding to the evaluations of the reported time offset values, the reported frequency offset values, the reported phase offset values, or a combination thereof are configured with a time restriction for channel measurement, where the selection can be based on the most recent (e.g., no later than a CSI reference resource) occasion of the channel measurement resource, corresponding to an SS/PBCH, NZP CSI-RS, TRS or a combination thereof, which may be indicated within a CSI resource setting. [0221] In a further example, channel measurement resources corresponding to the evaluations of the reported time offset values, the reported frequency offset values, the reported phase offset values, or a combination thereof are not configured with a time restriction for channel measurement, where the selection is based on the SS/PBCH, NZP CSI-RS, TRS or a combination thereof, no later than a CSI reference resource associated with the CSI resource setting. In an example, if the channel measurement resources are not configured with a time restriction for channel measurement, a number of occasions of SS/PBCH, NZP CSI-RS, TRS or a combination thereof corresponding to the evaluation are configured by the network. In an example, if the channel measurement resources are not configured with a time restriction for channel measurement, a time duration including at least one transmission occasions of SS/PBCH, NZP CSI-RS, TRS or a combination thereof, is Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 75 configured by the network, where the time duration is identified in a unit of at least one of millisecond, a slot, or a periodicity value of the SS/PBCH, the NZP CSI-RS or the TRS. [0222] In implementations, the UE is configured to report one or more time offset values, frequency offset values, phase offset values, or a combination thereof, between a group of TRPs, e.g., K TRPs, corresponding to DL CJT, where the group of TRPs is the selected subset of TRPs from the set of TRPs configured by the network. In an example, indicators of the selected subset of TRPs are reported in the UE-generated report. In an example, each TRP of the selected subset of TRPs is identified based on an order of reporting the selected subset of TRPs in the UE-generated report. In an example, if the selected subset of TRPs includes a single TRP, time offset values, frequency offset values, phase offset values, or a combination thereof, are not reported in the UE- generated report. [0223] In implementations, the network can shift a transmission of a DMRS for a physical DL channel in time domain from at least one TRP of the group of TRPs, based on a time offset value reported by the UE that is associated with the at least one TRP. In an example, the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDSCH. In an example, the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDCCH. In an example, the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in time domain is equivalent to a negative value of the time offset value reported by the UE, relative to a reference time offset value associated with a reference TRP. In an example, the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in time domain is based on a value selected from a grid of values with a uniform time gap, and where the shift of the transmission is equivalent to the value from the grid of values that is closest to the negative value of the time offset value reported by the UE. In a further example, the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in time domain is based on a value that ensures a delay spread associated with the transmission is no larger than a threshold value, the threshold value is either fixed or configured by the network. [0224] In implementations, a transmission of a DMRS in time domain associated with the reference TRP is not indicated to be shifted. Note that such implementations can be helpful even if the overall delay spread exceeds the cyclic prefix of the OFDM frame structure prior to pre- compensation, since the pre-compensation helps reduce the overall delay spread. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 76 [0225] In implementations, the network is configured to shift a transmission of a DMRS in frequency domain from at least one TRP of the group of TRPs, based on a frequency offset value reported by the UE that is associated with the at least one TRP. In an example, the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDSCH. In an example, the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDCCH. In an example, the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in frequency domain is equivalent to a negative value of the frequency offset value reported by the UE, relative to a reference frequency offset value associated with a reference TRP. In an example, the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in frequency domain is based on a value selected from a grid of values with a uniform frequency gap, and where the shift of the transmission is equivalent to the value from the grid of values that is closest to the negative value of the frequency offset value reported by the UE. In an example, the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in frequency domain is based on a value that ensures a Doppler related value, e.g., Doppler spread, associated with the transmission is no larger than a threshold value, and the threshold value can be fixed or configured by the network. In implementations, a transmission of a DMRS in frequency domain associated with the reference TRP is not to be shifted. [0226] In implementations, the network is configured to shift a transmission phase of a DMRS from at least one TRP of the group of TRPs based on a phase offset value reported by the UE that is associated with the at least one TRP. In an example, the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDSCH. In an example, the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDCCH. In an example, the shift of the transmission phase of the DMRS is equivalent to a negative value of the phase offset value reported by the UE, relative to a reference phase offset value associated with a reference TRP. In an example, the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in phase domain is based on a value selected from a grid of values with a uniform angular spacing, and where the shift of the transmission is equivalent to the value from the grid of values that is closest to the negative value of the phase offset value reported by the UE. In implementations, a transmission phase of a DMRS associated with the reference TRP is not to be shifted. [0227] In implementations, a subband size of a PMI, CQI or a combination thereof is configured based on the time offset values reported by the UE. In an example, the time offset values are used to compute an estimate of a delay spread value associated with CJT. In an example, the estimate of the delay spread value is used to compute an estimate of a coherence BW of the channel. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 77 In an example, a subband size of at least one of the PMI, CQI is based on the estimate of the delay spread value, the estimate of the coherence BW of the channel, or a combination thereof. In an example, the subband size of at least one of the PMI, CQI is reported in the UE-generated report. In an example, the subband size of the PMI is reported in terms of a number of PMI subbands in a CQI subband. Note that this implementation can enable flattening the channel response over a PMI/CQI subband, assuming that the channel is flat per sub-carrier, e.g., the overall delay spread is already no larger than a cyclic prefix of the OFDM frame structure. One advantage of this approach is that it may use no pre-compensation of DL RS and PDSCH/PDCCH transmission for CJT, which enables it to operate in MU-MIMO scenarios. [0228] In implementations, a CSI reporting periodicity is configured based on frequency offset values reported by the UE. In an example, the frequency offset values are used to compute an estimate of a Doppler-related parameter value associated with CJT. In an example, the estimate of the Doppler-related parameter value is used to compute an estimate of a periodicity of CSI reporting. In an example, the estimate of the periodicity of the CSI reporting is reported in the UE- generated report. In an example, the estimate of the periodicity of the CSI reporting is reported in terms of a number of slots or in an order of milliseconds. [0229] Implementations support UL RS based indication of synchronization information. For instance, if a UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time, frequency and phase corresponding to DL CJT, the UE can transmit one or more UL RSs. The one or more UL RSs, for instance, are shifted in at least one of time, frequency, and phase according to the measurement of the synchronization information for the at least one of time, frequency and phase, and the measurement is based on corresponding DL RSs corresponding to DL CJT. TRPs associated with DL CJT can shift at least one of a transmission time, transmission frequency, and transmission phase of a corresponding DMRS based on a measurement of the received time, frequency, and phase shift of the one or more UL RS. Several implementations are described below. According to implementations, one or more elements or features from one or more of the described implementations may be combined in different ways. [0230] In implementations, the UE is associated with a plurality of CSI-RS resources corresponding to a plurality of TRPs, where each CSI-RS resource of the plurality of CSI-RS resources is associated with a distinct SRS resource. In an example, each SRS resource is associated Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 78 with a CSI-RS resource, where an ID of the CSI-RS resource is indicated within spatial relation information of the SRS configuration associated with the SRS resource. In an example, the plurality of SRS resources are periodic, and are transmitted on either a same slot with different comb offsets or on consecutive slots. In an example, the plurality of SRS resources are semi-persistent, and are transmitted on either a same slot with different comb offsets or on consecutive slots, and are transmitted on either a same slot with different comb offsets or on consecutive slots via a common trigger signal. In an example, the plurality of SRS resources are aperiodic, and are transmitted on either a same slot with different comb offsets or on consecutive slots via a common trigger signal. In an example, each SRS resource of the plurality of SRS resources is associated with a same SRS density in time and frequency, e.g., a number of SRS symbols of each SRS resource is the same, a number of sub-carriers occupied by each SRS resource is the same, and a number of OFDM symbols occupied by each SRS resource is the same. [0231] In implementations, the UE is associated with a plurality of CSI-RS resources corresponding to a plurality of TRPs, where each CSI-RS resource of the plurality of CSI-RS resources is associated with a distinct SRS resource partition. In an example, an SRS resource partition corresponds to a subset of ports of the SRS resource. In an example, a first SRS resource partition corresponds to a first group of SRS symbols of an SRS resource in a first OFDM symbol, and a second SRS resource partition corresponds to a second group of SRS symbols of the SRS resource in a second OFDM symbol of the OFDM symbol, where the SRS resource is configured with repetition and the second group of SRS symbols are a repetition of the first group of SRS symbols. In an example, the SRS resource is associated with a plurality of CSI-RS resources, where IDs of the plurality of the CSI-RS resources are indicated within spatial relation information of the SRS configuration associated with the SRS resource. In an example, each SRS resource partition of the plurality of SRS resource partitions is associated with a same density in time and frequency, e.g., a number of SRS symbols of each SRS resource partition is the same, a number of sub-carriers occupied by each SRS resource partition is the same, and a number of OFDM symbols occupied by each SRS resource partition is the same. [0232] In implementations, the UE can shift a transmission of at least one UL RS in time domain based on a time offset value associated with the at least one TRP. In an example, the UL RS corresponds to an SRS resource or a DMRS for PUSCH. In an example, the UL RS corresponds to Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 79 a preamble signal over a Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH). In an example, the shift of the transmission of the UL RS in time domain is equivalent to a value of a measured time offset associated with a DL RS of one TRP, relative to a reference time offset value associated with a reference TRP. In an example, the shift of the transmission of the UL RS in time domain is based on a value selected from a codebook of values. In an example, the UE transmits a plurality of UL RSs associated with the plurality of TRPs corresponding to CJT. In an example, a transmission of an UL RS in time domain associated with the reference TRP is not to be shifted in time value based on a corresponding time offset value measured via the DL RS associated with the reference TRP. [0233] In implementations, the UE is configured to shift a transmission of at least one UL RS in frequency domain based on a time offset value associated with the at least one TRP. In an example, the UL RS corresponds to an SRS resource or a DMRS for PUSCH. In an example, the UL RS corresponds to a preamble signal over a PRACH. In an example, the shift of the transmission of the UL RS in frequency domain is equivalent to a value of a measured frequency offset associated with a DL RS of one TRP, relative to a reference frequency offset value associated with a reference TRP; In an example, the shift of the transmission of the UL RS in frequency domain is based on a value selected from a codebook of values. In an example, the UE transmits a plurality of UL RSs associated with the plurality of TRPs corresponding to CJT. In an example, a transmission of an UL RS in frequency domain associated with the reference TRP is not to be shifted in frequency value based on a corresponding frequency offset value measured via the DL RS associated with the reference TRP. [0234] In implementations, the UE is configured to shift a transmission of at least one UL RS in phase domain based on a phase offset value associated with the at least one TRP. In an example, the UL RS corresponds to an SRS resource or a DMRS for PUSCH. In an example, the UL RS corresponds to a preamble signal over a PRACH. In an example, the shift of the transmission of the UL RS in phase domain is equivalent to a value of a measured phase offset associated with a DL RS of one TRP, relative to a reference phase offset value associated with a reference TRP. In an example, the shift of the transmission of the UL RS in phase domain is based on a value selected from a codebook of values. In an example, the UE transmits a plurality of UL RSs associated with the plurality of TRPs corresponding to CJT. In an example, a transmission of an UL RS in phase Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 80 domain associated with the reference TRP is not to be shifted in phase value based on a corresponding phase offset value measured via the DL RS associated with the reference TRP. [0235] In implementations, the UE is configured with transmitting one or more UL RSs, and where the UE is further configured to receive a plurality of timing advance commands associated with a group of TRPs corresponding to CJT. In an example, the one or more UL RSs correspond to an SRS, a DMRS for PUSCH, or a combination thereof. In an example, the UL RS corresponds to a preamble signal over a PRACH. In an example, each TRP of the group of TRPs is associated with a timing advance value that is signaled by the network to the TRP, where each timing advance value is associated with a distinct DL RS ID corresponding to a distinct TRP. In an example, each timing advance value of the plurality of timing advance values is associated with a distinct SRS, the SRS is configured with usage set to one of Beam Management (BM) or synchronization. In an example, the timing advance command is based on MAC CE. In an example, the timing advance value is based on a negative value of a time shift of a corresponding UL RS received at the network. [0236] In implementations, the UE is configured with transmitting one or more UL RSs, and where the UE is further configured to receive a plurality of frequency adjustment commands associated with a group of TRPs corresponding to CJT. In an example, the one or more UL RSs correspond to an SRS, a DMRS for PUSCH, or a combination thereof. In an example, the UL RS corresponds to a preamble signal over a PRACH. In an example, each TRP of the group of TRPs is associated with a frequency adjustment value that is signaled by the network to the TRP, where each frequency adjustment value is associated with a distinct DL RS ID corresponding to a distinct TRP. [0237] In a further example, each frequency adjustment value of the plurality of frequency adjustment values is associated with a distinct SRS, the SRS is configured with usage set to one of BM or synchronization. In an example, the frequency adjustment command is based on MAC CE. In an example, the frequency adjustment value is based on a negative value of a frequency shift of a corresponding UL RS received at the network. [0238] In implementations, the UE is configured with transmitting one or more UL RSs, and where the UE is further configured to receive a plurality of phase adjustment commands associated with a group of TRPs corresponding to CJT. In an example, the one or more UL RSs correspond to Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 81 an SRS, a DMRS for PUSCH, or a combination thereof. In an example, the UL RS corresponds to a preamble signal over a PRACH. In an example, each TRP of the group of TRPs is associated with a phase adjustment value that is signaled by the network to the TRP, where each phase adjustment value is associated with a distinct DL RS ID corresponding to a distinct TRP. In an example, each phase adjustment value of the plurality of phase adjustment values is associated with a distinct SRS, the SRS is configured with usage set to one of BM or synchronization. In an example, the phase adjustment command is based on MAC CE. In an example, the phase adjustment value is based on a negative value of a phase shift of a corresponding UL RS received at the network. [0239] In implementations, the UE is configured with receiving a plurality of DL RSs, and where a UE reports a MAC-CE signal including one or more timing advance values associated with the DL RSs corresponding to DL CJT. In an example, each DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs is mapped to a distinct timing advance value. In an example, each DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs corresponds to a TRS with a CSI-RS resource set ID, a CRI, an SSBRI, or a combination thereof. In an example, one DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs is indicated as a reference resource associated with a reference TRP, and each DL RS of a remainder of the plurality of DL RSs is mapped to a distinct timing advance value. In an example, each timing advance value is a multiple value of a basic time unit value corresponding to a frame structure of NR, e.g., based on a function of a largest SCS and an FFT size associated with the frame structure. [0240] In implementations, the UE is configured with receiving a plurality of DL RSs, and where a UE reports a MAC-CE signal including one or more frequency adjustment values associated with the DL RSs corresponding to DL CJT. In an example, each DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs is mapped to a distinct frequency adjustment value. In an example, each DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs corresponds to a TRS with a CSI-RS resource set ID, a CRI, an SSBRI, or a combination thereof. In an example, one DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs is indicated as a reference resource associated with a reference TRP, and each DL RS of a remainder of the plurality of DL RSs is mapped to a distinct phase adjustment value. In an example, each frequency adjustment value is a multiple value of a basic frequency unit value corresponding to a frame structure of NR, e.g., SCS value or smallest possible SCS value. [0241] In implementations, the UE is configured with receiving a plurality of DL RSs, and where a UE reports a MAC-CE signal including one or more phase adjustment values associated Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 82 with the DL RSs corresponding to DL CJT. In an example, each DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs is mapped to a distinct phase adjustment value. In an example, each DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs corresponds to a TRS with a CSI-RS resource set ID, a CRI, an SSBRI, or a combination thereof. In an example, one DL RS of the plurality of DL RSs is indicated as a reference resource associated with a reference TRP, and each DL RS of a remainder of the plurality of DL RSs is mapped to a distinct phase adjustment value. [0242] In implementations, the network can shift a transmission of a DMRS for a physical DL channel in time domain from at least one TRP of the group of TRPs, based on a time offset value of a corresponding UL RS associated with at least one TRP. In an example, the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDSCH. In an example, the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDCCH. In an example, the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in time domain is equivalent to a one half of a negative value of the time offset value measured from the corresponding UL RS In implementations, a transmission of a DMRS in time domain associated with a reference TRP is not to be shifted. [0243] In implementations, the network is configured to shift a transmission of a DMRS in frequency domain from at least one TRP of the group of TRPs, based on a frequency offset value of a corresponding UL RS associated with at least one TRP. In an example, the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDSCH. In an example, the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDCCH. In an example, the shift of the transmission of the DMRS in frequency domain is equivalent to a one half of a negative value of the frequency offset value measured from the corresponding UL RS. In an example, a transmission of a DMRS in frequency domain associated with a reference TRP is not to be shifted. [0244] In implementations, the network is configured to shift a transmission phase of a DMRS from at least one TRP of the group of TRPs, based on a phase offset value of a corresponding UL RS associated with at least one TRP. In an example, the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDSCH. In an example, the DMRS corresponds to a DMRS for PDCCH. In an example, the shift of the transmission phase of the DMRS is equivalent to a one half of a negative value of the phase offset value measured from the corresponding UL RS. In an example, a transmission phase of a DMRS associated with a reference TRP is not to be shifted. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 83 [0245] Figure 20 illustrates an example of a UE 2000 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The UE 2000 may include a processor 2002, a memory 2004, a controller 2006, and a transceiver 2008. The processor 2002, the memory 2004, the controller 2006, or the transceiver 2008, or various combinations thereof or various components thereof may be examples of means for performing various aspects of the present disclosure as described herein. These components may be coupled (e.g., operatively, communicatively, functionally, electronically, electrically) via one or more interfaces. [0246] The processor 2002, the memory 2004, the controller 2006, or the transceiver 2008, or various combinations or components thereof may be implemented in hardware (e.g., circuitry). The hardware may include a processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or other programmable logic device, or any combination thereof configured as or otherwise supporting a means for performing the functions described in the present disclosure. [0247] The processor 2002 may include an intelligent hardware device (e.g., a general-purpose processor, a DSP, a CPU, an ASIC, an FPGA, or any combination thereof). In some implementations, the processor 2002 may be configured to operate the memory 2004. In some other implementations, the memory 2004 may be integrated into the processor 2002. The processor 2002 may be configured to execute computer-readable instructions stored in the memory 2004 to cause the UE 2000 to perform various functions of the present disclosure. [0248] The memory 2004 may include volatile or non-volatile memory. The memory 2004 may store computer-readable, computer-executable code including instructions when executed by the processor 2002 cause the UE 2000 to perform various functions described herein. The code may be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as the memory 2004 or another type of memory. Computer-readable media includes both non-transitory computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another. A non-transitory storage medium may be any available medium that may be accessed by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer. [0249] In some implementations, the processor 2002 and the memory 2004 coupled with the processor 2002 may be configured to cause the UE 2000 to perform one or more of the functions Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 84 described herein (e.g., executing, by the processor 2002, instructions stored in the memory 2004). For example, the processor 2002 may support wireless communication at the UE 2000 in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. [0250] The UE 2000 may be configured to or operable to support a means for receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the UE is further configured with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; selecting a subset of the set of NE based at least in part on the set of criteria; and transmitting a report including an indication of the selected subset of the set of NE. [0251] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of receiving, from the at least one NE, one or more of: configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; or the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including the respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof. [0252] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE; the DL RS Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 85 includes a TRS; a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the method further includes receive each TRS in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other TRSs in the set of TRSs; the DL RS includes NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, and where each NZP CSI-RS resource in a set of NZP CSI-RS resources corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, and the method further includes receiving each NZP CSI-RS resource in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other NZP CSI-RS resources in the set of NZP CSI-RS resources; a first criterion of the set of criteria corresponds to a first threshold on a time offset (e.g., maximum time offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE. [0253] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the first threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub- carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum number) of QCL groups associated with the subset of the set of NE, where NE associated with each QCL group are mutually quasi-co-located; at least one NE in the subset of the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, phase values, or QCL information for one or more other NE of the subset of NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE; the indication of the selected subset of the set of NE includes one or more of: a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 86 group of CRI values, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values corresponding to a report quantity, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values in a standalone report corresponding to joint transmission from the set of NE; or combinations thereof. [0254] Additionally, or alternatively, the UE 2000 may support at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2004) and at least one processor (e.g., the processor 2002) coupled with the at least one memory and configured to cause the UE to receive, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the UE is further configured with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; select a subset of the set of NE based at least in part on the set of criteria; and transmit a report including an indication of the selected subset of the set of NE. [0255] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive, from the at least one NE, one or more of: configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; or the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including the respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 87 [0256] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE; the DL RS includes a TRS; a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the at least one processor is configured to receive each TRS in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other TRSs in the set of TRSs; the DL RS includes NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, and where each NZP CSI-RS resource in a set of NZP CSI-RS resources corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, and the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive each NZP CSI-RS resource in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other NZP CSI-RS resources in the set of NZP CSI-RS resources; a first criterion of the set of criteria corresponds to a first threshold on a time offset (e.g., maximum time offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE. [0257] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the first threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub- carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum number) of QCL groups associated with the subset of the set of NE, Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 88 where NE associated with each QCL group are mutually quasi-co-located; at least one NE in the subset of the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, phase values, or QCL information for one or more other NE of the subset of NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE; the indication of the selected subset of the set of NE includes one or more of: a group of CRI values, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values corresponding to a report quantity, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values in a standalone report corresponding to joint transmission from the set of NE; or combinations thereof. [0258] The UE 2000 may be configured to or operable to support a means for receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and transmitting a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE. [0259] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of receiving, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values is configured with a time restriction Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 89 parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting a measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of the DL RSs associated with the set of NE. [0260] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; generating an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values; transmitting the estimate of the subband size; at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; generating an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values; transmitting the estimate of CSI reporting periodicity; the synchronization information includes one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; a NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE. [0261] Additionally, or alternatively, the UE 2000 may support at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2004) and at least one processor (e.g., the processor 2002) coupled with the at least one memory and configured to cause the UE to receive, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and transmit a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 90 [0262] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting a measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of the DL RSs associated with the set of NE. [0263] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to generate an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to transmit the estimate of the subband size; at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 91 difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof. [0264] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to generate an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to transmit the estimate of CSI reporting periodicity; the synchronization information includes one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; a NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE. [0265] The UE 2000 may be configured to or operable to support a means for receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the is UE configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and applying at least one of a time shift, a frequency shift, or a phase shift to a transmission of a group of UL RSs according to the measurement of the synchronization information. [0266] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of receiving, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of the synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the set of criteria; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the group of UL RSs includes SRS Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 92 resources; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource in the group of UL RSs. [0267] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs; the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; transmitted on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof; the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of: a subset of ports of an SRS resource; a subset of SRS symbols of an SRS resource, the SRS resource partition occupying one OFDM symbol in a slot and the SRS resource occupying multiple OFDM symbols in a slot; or combinations thereof; a first SRS resource partition is associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources as a second SRS resource partition, and a same repetition factor, or a combination thereof. [0268] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of applying at least one of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift to the transmission of the group of UL RSs relative to one or more of a reference time shift, a reference frequency shift, or a reference phase shift respectively associated with a reference NE in the set of NE, the reference NE associated with a DL RS and a UL RS; the reference NE is identified by one or more of: an order of an ID of the DL RS; an order of an ID of the UL RS; an indication parameter configured by the reference NE; indicated by the UE via physical or MAC-CE based signaling; or combinations thereof; receiving DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for PDCCH; causing the UE to apply a zero value to one or more of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift; receiving a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to a plurality of at least one of a time drift, frequency drift, or a phase drift of the group of UL RSs. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 93 [0269] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources configured with a usage set to one of beam management or beam tracking; receiving the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value via a MAC-CE message; transmitting a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; transmitting the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL MAC-CE message. [0270] Additionally, or alternatively, the UE 2000 may support at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2004) and at least one processor (e.g., the processor 2002) coupled with the at least one memory and configured to cause the UE to receive, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and apply at least one of a time shift, a frequency shift, or a phase shift to a transmission of a group of UL RSs according to the measurement of the synchronization information. [0271] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of the synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher- layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the set of criteria; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 94 identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource in the group of UL RSs. [0272] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs; the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; transmitted on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof; the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of: a subset of ports of an SRS resource; a subset of SRS symbols of an SRS resource, the SRS resource partition occupying one OFDM symbol in a slot and the SRS resource occupying multiple OFDM symbols in a slot; or combinations thereof; a first SRS resource partition is associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources as a second SRS resource partition, and a same repetition factor, or a combination thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to apply at least one of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift to the transmission of the group of UL RSs relative to one or more of a reference time shift, a reference frequency shift, or a reference phase shift respectively associated with a reference NE in the set of NE, the reference NE associated with a DL RS and a UL RS. [0273] Additionally, the UE 2000 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the reference NE is identified by one or more of: an order of an ID of the DL RS; an order of an ID of the UL RS; an indication parameter configured by the reference NE; indicated by the UE via physical or MAC-CE based signaling; or combinations thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for PDCCH; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to apply a zero value to one or more of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift; the at least one Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 95 processor is configured to cause the UE to receive a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to a plurality of at least one of a time drift, frequency drift, or a phase drift of the group of UL RSs; the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources configured with a usage set to one of beam management or beam tracking; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value are received via a MAC-CE message; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to transmit a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to transmit the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL MAC- CE message. [0274] The controller 2006 may manage input and output signals for the UE 2000. The controller 2006 may also manage peripherals not integrated into the UE 2000. In some implementations, the controller 2006 may utilize an operating system such as iOS®, ANDROID®, WINDOWS®, or other operating systems. In some implementations, the controller 2006 may be implemented as part of the processor 2002. [0275] In some implementations, the UE 2000 may include at least one transceiver 2008. In some other implementations, the UE 2000 may have more than one transceiver 2008. The transceiver 2008 may represent a wireless transceiver. The transceiver 2008 may include one or more receiver chains 2010, one or more transmitter chains 2012, or a combination thereof. [0276] A receiver chain 2010 may be configured to receive signals (e.g., control information, data, packets) over a wireless medium. For example, the receiver chain 2010 may include one or more antennas to receive a signal over the air or wireless medium. The receiver chain 2010 may include at least one amplifier (e.g., a low-noise amplifier (LNA)) configured to amplify the received signal. The receiver chain 2010 may include at least one demodulator configured to demodulate the receive signal and obtain the transmitted data by reversing the modulation technique applied during Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 96 transmission of the signal. The receiver chain 2010 may include at least one decoder for decoding the demodulated signal to receive the transmitted data. [0277] A transmitter chain 2012 may be configured to generate and transmit signals (e.g., control information, data, packets). The transmitter chain 2012 may include at least one modulator for modulating data onto a carrier signal, preparing the signal for transmission over a wireless medium. The at least one modulator may be configured to support one or more techniques such as amplitude modulation (AM), frequency modulation (FM), or digital modulation schemes like phase-shift keying (PSK) or quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM). The transmitter chain 2012 may also include at least one power amplifier configured to amplify the modulated signal to an appropriate power level suitable for transmission over the wireless medium. The transmitter chain 2012 may also include one or more antennas for transmitting the amplified signal into the air or wireless medium. [0278] Figure 21 illustrates an example of a processor 2100 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The processor 2100 may be an example of a processor configured to perform various operations in accordance with examples as described herein. The processor 2100 may include a controller 2102 configured to perform various operations in accordance with examples as described herein. The processor 2100 may optionally include at least one memory 2104, which may be, for example, an L1/L2/L3 cache. Additionally, or alternatively, the processor 2100 may optionally include one or more arithmetic-logic units (ALUs) 2106. One or more of these components may be in electronic communication or otherwise coupled (e.g., operatively, communicatively, functionally, electronically, electrically) via one or more interfaces (e.g., buses). [0279] The processor 2100 may be a processor chipset and include a protocol stack (e.g., a software stack) executed by the processor chipset to perform various operations (e.g., receiving, obtaining, retrieving, transmitting, outputting, forwarding, storing, determining, identifying, accessing, writing, reading) in accordance with examples as described herein. The processor chipset may include one or more cores, one or more caches (e.g., memory local to or included in the processor chipset (e.g., the processor 2100) or other memory (e.g., random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), synchronous dynamic RAM (SDRAM), static RAM (SRAM), ferroelectric RAM (FeRAM), magnetic RAM (MRAM), resistive RAM (RRAM), flash memory, phase change memory (PCM), and others). Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 97 [0280] The controller 2102 may be configured to manage and coordinate various operations (e.g., signaling, receiving, obtaining, retrieving, transmitting, outputting, forwarding, storing, determining, identifying, accessing, writing, reading) of the processor 2100 to cause the processor 2100 to support various operations in accordance with examples as described herein. For example, the controller 2102 may operate as a control unit of the processor 2100, generating control signals that manage the operation of various components of the processor 2100. These control signals include enabling or disabling functional units, selecting data paths, initiating memory access, and coordinating timing of operations. [0281] The controller 2102 may be configured to fetch (e.g., obtain, retrieve, receive) instructions from the memory 2104 and determine subsequent instruction(s) to be executed to cause the processor 2100 to support various operations in accordance with examples as described herein. The controller 2102 may be configured to track memory addresses of instructions associated with the memory 2104. The controller 2102 may be configured to decode instructions to determine the operation to be performed and the operands involved. For example, the controller 2102 may be configured to interpret the instruction and determine control signals to be output to other components of the processor 2100 to cause the processor 2100 to support various operations in accordance with examples as described herein. Additionally, or alternatively, the controller 2102 may be configured to manage flow of data within the processor 2100. The controller 2102 may be configured to control transfer of data between registers, ALUs 2106, and other functional units of the processor 2100. [0282] The memory 2104 may include one or more caches (e.g., memory local to or included in the processor 2100 or other memory, such as RAM, ROM, DRAM, SDRAM, SRAM, MRAM, flash memory, etc. In some implementations, the memory 2104 may reside within or on a processor chipset (e.g., local to the processor 2100). In some other implementations, the memory 2104 may reside external to the processor chipset (e.g., remote to the processor 2100). [0283] The memory 2104 may store computer-readable, computer-executable code including instructions that, when executed by the processor 2100, cause the processor 2100 to perform various functions described herein. The code may be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as system memory or another type of memory. The controller 2102 and/or the processor 2100 may be configured to execute computer-readable instructions stored in the memory 2104 to cause Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 98 the processor 2100 to perform various functions. For example, the processor 2100 and/or the controller 2102 may be coupled with or to the memory 2104, the processor 2100, and the controller 2102, and may be configured to perform various functions described herein. In some examples, the processor 2100 may include multiple processors and the memory 2104 may include multiple memories. One or more of the multiple processors may be coupled with one or more of the multiple memories, which may, individually or collectively, be configured to perform various functions herein. [0284] The one or more ALUs 2106 may be configured to support various operations in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, the one or more ALUs 2106 may reside within or on a processor chipset (e.g., the processor 2100). In some other implementations, the one or more ALUs 2106 may reside external to the processor chipset (e.g., the processor 2100). One or more ALUs 2106 may perform one or more computations such as addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division on data. For example, one or more ALUs 2106 may receive input operands and an operation code, which determines an operation to be executed. One or more ALUs 2106 may be configured with a variety of logical and arithmetic circuits, including adders, subtractors, shifters, and logic gates, to process and manipulate the data according to the operation. Additionally, or alternatively, the one or more ALUs 2106 may support logical operations such as AND, OR, exclusive-OR (XOR), not-OR (NOR), and not-AND (NAND), enabling the one or more ALUs 2106 to handle conditional operations, comparisons, and bitwise operations. The processor 2100 may support wireless communication in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. [0285] The processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support at least one controller (e.g., the controller 2102) coupled with at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2104) and configured to cause the processor to receive, at a UE from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the UE is further configured with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; select a subset of the set of NE based at least in part on the set of criteria; and transmit a report including an indication of the selected subset of the set of NE. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 99 [0286] Additionally, the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of where the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive, from the at least one NE, one or more of: configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; or the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including the respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof. [0287] Additionally, the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of where the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE; the DL RS includes a TRS; a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the at least one processor is configured to receive each TRS in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other TRSs in the set of TRSs; the DL RS includes NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, and where each NZP CSI-RS resource in a set of NZP CSI-RS resources corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, and the at least one controller is configured to Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 100 cause the processor to receive each NZP CSI-RS resource in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other NZP CSI-RS resources in the set of NZP CSI-RS resources; a first criterion of the set of criteria corresponds to a first threshold on a time offset (e.g., maximum time offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE. [0288] Additionally, the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of where the first threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum number) of QCL groups associated with the subset of the set of NE, where NE associated with each QCL group are mutually quasi-co- located; at least one NE in the subset of the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, phase values, or QCL information for one or more other NE of the subset of NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE; the indication of the selected subset of the set of NE includes one or more of: a group of CRI values, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values corresponding to a report quantity, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values in a standalone report corresponding to joint transmission from the set of NE; or combinations thereof. [0289] The processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support at least one controller (e.g., the controller 2102) coupled with at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2104) and configured to cause the processor to receive, at a UE and from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and transmit a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 101 synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE. [0290] Additionally, the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of where the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting a measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of the DL RSs associated with the set of NE. [0291] Additionally, the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of where the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to generate an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to transmit the estimate of the subband size; at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 102 includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof. [0292] Additionally, the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of where the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to generate an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to transmit the estimate of CSI reporting periodicity; the synchronization information includes one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; a NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE. [0293] The processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support at least one controller (e.g., the controller 2102) coupled with at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2104) and configured to cause the processor to receive, at a UE from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and apply at least one of a time shift, a frequency shift, or a phase shift to a transmission of a group of UL RSs according to the measurement of the synchronization information. [0294] Additionally, the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the where the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of the synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the set of criteria; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 103 RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource in the group of UL RSs. [0295] Additionally, the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the where the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs; the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; transmitted on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof; the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of: a subset of ports of an SRS resource; a subset of SRS symbols of an SRS resource, the SRS resource partition occupying one OFDM symbol in a slot and the SRS resource occupying multiple OFDM symbols in a slot; or combinations thereof; a first SRS resource partition is associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources as a second SRS resource partition, and a same repetition factor, or a combination thereof; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to apply at least one of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift to the transmission of the group of UL RSs relative to one or more of a reference time shift, a reference frequency shift, or a reference phase shift respectively associated with a reference NE in the set of NE, the reference NE associated with a DL RS and a UL RS. [0296] Additionally, the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the where the reference NE is identified by one or more of: an order of an ID of the DL RS; an order of an ID of the UL RS; an indication parameter configured by the reference NE; indicated by the UE via physical or MAC-CE based signaling; or combinations thereof; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for PDCCH; the at least one controller is configured Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 104 to cause the processor to apply a zero value to one or more of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to a plurality of at least one of a time drift, frequency drift, or a phase drift of the group of UL RSs; the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources configured with a usage set to one of beam management or beam tracking; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to receive plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value are received via a MAC-CE message. [0297] Additionally, the processor 2100 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the where the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to transmit a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; the at least one controller is configured to cause the processor to transmit the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL MAC- CE message. [0298] Figure 22 illustrates an example of a NE 2200 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The NE 2200 may include a processor 2202, a memory 2204, a controller 2206, and a transceiver 2208. The processor 2202, the memory 2204, the controller 2206, or the transceiver 2208, or various combinations thereof or various components thereof may be examples of means for performing various aspects of the present disclosure as described herein. These components may be coupled (e.g., operatively, communicatively, functionally, electronically, electrically) via one or more interfaces. [0299] The processor 2202, the memory 2204, the controller 2206, or the transceiver 2208, or various combinations or components thereof may be implemented in hardware (e.g., circuitry). The hardware may include a processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or other programmable logic device, or any combination thereof configured as or otherwise supporting a means for performing the functions described in the present disclosure. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 105 [0300] The processor 2202 may include an intelligent hardware device (e.g., a general-purpose processor, a DSP, a CPU, an ASIC, an FPGA, or any combination thereof). In some implementations, the processor 2202 may be configured to operate the memory 2204. In some other implementations, the memory 2204 may be integrated into the processor 2202. The processor 2202 may be configured to execute computer-readable instructions stored in the memory 2204 to cause the NE 2200 to perform various functions of the present disclosure. [0301] The memory 2204 may include volatile or non-volatile memory. The memory 2204 may store computer-readable, computer-executable code including instructions when executed by the processor 2202 cause the NE 2200 to perform various functions described herein. The code may be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as the memory 2204 or another type of memory. Computer-readable media includes both non-transitory computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another. A non-transitory storage medium may be any available medium that may be accessed by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer. [0302] In some implementations, the processor 2202 and the memory 2204 coupled with the processor 2202 may be configured to cause the NE 2200 to perform one or more of the functions described herein (e.g., executing, by the processor 2202, instructions stored in the memory 2204). For example, the processor 2202 may support wireless communication at the NE 2200 in accordance with examples as disclosed herein. [0303] The NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support a means for transmitting, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and configuration with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; and receiving, from the UE, a report including an indication of a selected subset of the set of NE. [0304] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the method further including where the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 106 higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including the respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE. [0305] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the method further including where the DL RS includes a TRS; a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the method further includes transmitting each TRS in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other TRSs in the set of TRSs; the DL RS is includes NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, and where each NZP CSI-RS resource in a set of NZP CSI-RS resources corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, and the method further includes transmitting each NZP CSI-RS resource in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other NZP CSI-RS resources in the set of NZP CSI-RS resources; a first criterion of the set of criteria corresponds to a first threshold on a time offset (e.g., maximum time offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the first threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 107 [0306] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the method further including where a second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub- carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum number) of QCL groups associated with the subset of the set of NE, where NE associated with each QCL group are mutually quasi-co-located; at least one NE in the subset of the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, phase values, or QCL information for one or more other NE of the subset of NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE; the indication of the selected subset of the set of NE includes one or more of: a group of CRI values, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values corresponding to a report quantity, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values in a standalone report corresponding to joint transmission from the set of NE; or combinations thereof. [0307] Additionally, or alternatively, the NE 2200 may support at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2204) and at least one processor (e.g., the processor 2202) coupled with the at least one memory and configured to cause the NE to transmit, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and configuration with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; and receive, from the UE, a report including an indication of a selected subset of the set of NE. [0308] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 108 PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including the set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including the respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, and phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting the measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of DL RSs associated with the set of NE; the DL RS includes a TRS. [0309] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where a frequency density value of a CSI-RS resource in the TRS is configured by a network, and the frequency density value is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; a number of CSI-RS resources in the TRS is configured by a network, and is based at least in part on a size of the set of NE; each TRS in a set of TRSs corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, a same number of CSI-RS resources, and where the at least one processor is configured to NE to transmit each TRS in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other TRSs in the set of TRSs; the DL RS is includes NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, and where each NZP CSI-RS resource in a set of NZP CSI-RS resources corresponding to the set of NE is associated with one or more of a same periodicity value, a same frequency density value, and the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to transmit each NZP CSI-RS resource in one or more of a same slot or consecutive slots with respect to other NZP CSI-RS resources in the set of NZP CSI-RS resources; a first criterion of the set of criteria corresponds to a first threshold on a time offset (e.g., maximum time offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; the first threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 109 second criterion of the set of criteria includes a second threshold on a frequency offset (e.g., maximum frequency offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE. [0310] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the second threshold includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; a third criterion of the set of criteria includes a third threshold on a phase offset (e.g., maximum phase offset) between two NE in the subset of the set of NE; a fourth criterion of the set of criteria includes a fourth threshold on a number (e.g., maximum number) of QCL groups associated with the subset of the set of NE, where NE associated with each QCL group are mutually quasi-co-located; at least one NE in the subset of the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, phase values, or QCL information for one or more other NE of the subset of NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE; the indication of the selected subset of the set of NE includes one or more of: a group of CRI values, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values corresponding to a report quantity, where the report includes a CSI report; a group of indicator values in a standalone report corresponding to joint transmission from the set of NE; or combinations thereof. [0311] The NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support a means for transmitting, to a UE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, and configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; receiving, from the UE, a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE; and shifting a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based at least in part on the estimate of the measurement of the synchronization information. [0312] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of where the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 110 codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting a measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of the DL RSs associated with the set of NE; the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; receiving, from the UE, an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values. [0313] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of where at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; shifting a transmission time of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported time offset value; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; shifting a transmission frequency of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported frequency offset value; at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; receiving, from the UE, an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values; the synchronization information includes one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; shifting a transmission phase of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported phase offset value; In some aspects, the techniques described herein Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 111 relate to a method, a where NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE. [0314] Additionally, or alternatively, the NE 2200 may support at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2204) and at least one processor (e.g., the processor 2202) coupled with the at least one memory and configured to cause the NE to transmit, to a UE, an indication of the joint transmission from a set of NE, and configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; receive, from the UE, a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE; and shift a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based at least in part on the estimate of the measurement of the synchronization information. [0315] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting a measurement to a recent (e.g., most recent) transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of the DL RSs associated with the set of NE. [0316] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the synchronization information includes one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to receive, from the Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 112 UE, an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values; at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to shift a transmission time of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported time offset value; the synchronization information includes one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to shift a transmission frequency of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported frequency offset value. [0317] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values includes a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, a difference (e.g., absolute difference) in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to receive, from the UE, an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values; the synchronization information includes one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to shift a transmission phase of a DMRS for a physical DL channel based on a corresponding reported phase offset value; a where NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE. [0318] The NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support a means for transmitting, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; and configuration with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE; and shifting a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based on a measurement of a received time shift, frequency shift and phase shift of a group of UL RSs received from the UE. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 113 [0319] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the method further including where each of the time offset value, the frequency offset value, or the phase offset value is equivalent to one half of a negative value of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift of the group of UL RSs, respectively; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI- RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource in the group of UL RSs. [0320] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the method further including where the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs; the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; received on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof; the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of: a subset of ports of an SRS resource; a subset of SRS symbols of an SRS resource, the SRS resource partition occupying one OFDM symbol in a slot and the SRS resource occupying multiple OFDM symbols in a slot; or combinations thereof; a first SRS resource partition is associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources as a second SRS resource Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 114 partition, and a same repetition factor, or a combination thereof; transmitting, to the UE, DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for PDCCH. [0321] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the method further including transmitting, to the UE, a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to a plurality of at least one of a time drift, frequency drift, or a phase drift of the group of UL RSs; a number of each of one or more of timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values includes one or more of: a number of the group of UL RSs; or a number of the group of UL RSs minus one, where one or more of the timing adjustment values, the frequency adjustment values, or the phase adjustment values are computed with respect to a reference UL RS; transmitting plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value via a MAC-CE message; receiving, from the UE, a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE. [0322] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to or operable to support any one or combination of the method further including where a number of each of one or more of timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values, includes: a number of the set of DL RSs; or a number of the set of DL RSs less one, where the one or more of the timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values are computed with respect to a reference DL RS; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; receiving, from the UE, the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL MAC-CE message. [0323] Additionally, or alternatively, the NE 2200 may support at least one memory (e.g., the memory 2204) and at least one processor (e.g., the processor 2202) coupled with the at least one memory and configured to cause the NE to transmit, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; and configuration with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, the measurement synchronization information being based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 115 by the NE; and shift a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based on a measurement of a received time shift, frequency shift and phase shift of a group of UL RSs received from the UE. [0324] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where each of the time offset value, the frequency offset value, or the phase offset value is equivalent to one half of a negative value of the time shift, the frequency shift, or the phase shift of the group of UL RSs, respectively; the indication of the joint transmission includes at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a PDSCH configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message including a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message including respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof; each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a DL RS associated with an ID, and where the DL RS includes at least one of: a SS/PBCH identified via a distinct SSBRI; a NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CRI; a TRS with a NZP CSI-RS resource set ID; or combinations thereof; the group of UL RSs includes SRS resources; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource in the group of UL RSs; the set of DL RSs is associated with a set of IDs corresponding to at least one of CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets associated with TRS, and an ID in the set of IDs is included in a spatial relation information associated with each SRS resource of the group of UL RSs. [0325] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where the SRS resources are one or more of: associated with different comb offsets; received on a same slot, transmitted on a plurality of consecutive slots, or a combination thereof; associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources; associated with a same repetition factor; or combinations thereof; the SRS resources are configured with one of semi-persistent and aperiodic time-domain behavior and are triggerable with a common trigger signal; each DL RS in the set of DL RSs is associated with a different SRS resource partition in the SRS resources of the group of UL RSs, and where an SRS resource partition corresponds to at least one of: a subset of ports of an SRS resource; a subset of SRS symbols of an SRS resource, the SRS resource partition occupying Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 116 one OFDM symbol in a slot and the SRS resource occupying multiple OFDM symbols in a slot; or combinations thereof; a first SRS resource partition is associated with a same density over both time and frequency resources as a second SRS resource partition, and a same repetition factor, or a combination thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to transmit, to the UE, DL transmission associated with at least one of a DMRS for PDSCH, or a DMRS for PDCCH; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to transmit, to the UE, a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to a plurality of at least one of a time drift, frequency drift, or a phase drift of the group of UL RSs. [0326] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where a number of each of one or more of timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values includes one or more of: a number of the group of UL RSs; or a number of the group of UL RSs minus one, where one or more of the timing adjustment values, the frequency adjustment values, or the phase adjustment values are computed with respect to a reference UL RS; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to transmit plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value and the phase adjustment value via a MAC-CE message; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to receive, from the UE, a plurality of at least one of a timing adjustment value, a frequency adjustment value, or a phase adjustment value corresponding to at least one of a time drift, frequency drift and phase drift of the set of DL RSs measured at the UE; a number of each of one or more of timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values, includes: a number of the set of DL RSs; or a number of the set of DL RSs less one, where the one or more of the timing adjustment values, frequency adjustment values, or phase adjustment values are computed with respect to a reference DL RS. [0327] Additionally, the NE 2200 may be configured to support any one or combination of where each DL RS in the set of DL RSs corresponds to at least one of a TRS, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a SS/PBCH, or combinations thereof; the at least one processor is configured to cause the NE to receive, from the UE, the plurality of the at least one of the timing adjustment value, the frequency adjustment value, or the phase adjustment value via an UL MAC-CE message. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 117 [0328] The controller 2206 may manage input and output signals for the NE 2200. The controller 2206 may also manage peripherals not integrated into the NE 2200. In some implementations, the controller 2206 may utilize an operating system such as iOS®, ANDROID®, WINDOWS®, or other operating systems. In some implementations, the controller 2206 may be implemented as part of the processor 2202. [0329] In some implementations, the NE 2200 may include at least one transceiver 2208. In some other implementations, the NE 2200 may have more than one transceiver 2208. The transceiver 2208 may represent a wireless transceiver. The transceiver 2208 may include one or more receiver chains 2210, one or more transmitter chains 2212, or a combination thereof. [0330] A receiver chain 2210 may be configured to receive signals (e.g., control information, data, packets) over a wireless medium. For example, the receiver chain 2210 may include one or more antennas to receive a signal over the air or wireless medium. The receiver chain 2210 may include at least one amplifier (e.g., a low-noise amplifier (LNA)) configured to amplify the received signal. The receiver chain 2210 may include at least one demodulator configured to demodulate the receive signal and obtain the transmitted data by reversing the modulation technique applied during transmission of the signal. The receiver chain 2210 may include at least one decoder for decoding the demodulated signal to receive the transmitted data. [0331] A transmitter chain 2212 may be configured to generate and transmit signals (e.g., control information, data, packets). The transmitter chain 2212 may include at least one modulator for modulating data onto a carrier signal, preparing the signal for transmission over a wireless medium. The at least one modulator may be configured to support one or more techniques such as amplitude modulation (AM), frequency modulation (FM), or digital modulation schemes like phase-shift keying (PSK) or quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM). The transmitter chain 2212 may also include at least one power amplifier configured to amplify the modulated signal to an appropriate power level suitable for transmission over the wireless medium. The transmitter chain 2212 may also include one or more antennas for transmitting the amplified signal into the air or wireless medium. [0332] Figure 23 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2300 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of the method may be implemented by a UE as described herein. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 118 In some implementations, the UE may execute a set of instructions to control the function elements of the UE to perform the described functions. It should be noted that the method described herein describes a possible implementation, and that the operations and the steps may be rearranged or otherwise modified and that other implementations are possible. [0333] At 2302, the method may include receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and the UE is further configured with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values. The operations of 2302 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2302 may be performed by a UE as described with reference to Figure 20. [0334] At 2304, the method may include selecting a subset of the set of NE based at least in part on the set of criteria. The operations of 2304 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2304 may be performed by a UE as described with reference to Figure 20. [0335] At 2306, the method may include transmitting a report including an indication of the selected subset of the set of NE. The operations of 2306 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2306 may be performed a UE as described with reference to Figure 20. [0336] Figure 24 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2400 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of the method may be implemented by a NE as described herein. In some implementations, the NE may execute a set of instructions to control the function elements of the NE to perform the described functions. It should be noted that the method described herein describes a possible implementation, and that the operations and the steps may be rearranged or otherwise modified and that other implementations are possible. [0337] At 2402, the method may include transmitting, to a UE an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 119 configuration with a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information, the set of criteria including one or more respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values. The operations of 2402 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2402 may be performed by a NE as described with reference to Figure 22. [0338] At 2404, the method may include receiving, from the UE, a report including an indication of a selected subset of the set of NE. The operations of 2404 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2404 may be performed by a NE as described with reference to Figure 22. [0339] Figure 25 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2500 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of the method may be implemented by a UE as described herein. In some implementations, the UE may execute a set of instructions to control the function elements of the UE to perform the described functions. It should be noted that the method described herein describes a possible implementation, and that the operations and the steps may be rearranged or otherwise modified and that other implementations are possible. [0340] At 2502, the method may include receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE. The operations of 2502 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2502 may be performed by a UE as described with reference to Figure 20. [0341] At 2504, the method may include transmitting a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE. The operations of 2504 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2504 may be performed by a UE as described with reference to Figure 20. [0342] Figure 26 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2600 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of the method may be implemented by a NE as described herein. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 120 In some implementations, the NE may execute a set of instructions to control the function elements of the NE to perform the described functions. It should be noted that the method described herein describes a possible implementation, and that the operations and the steps may be rearranged or otherwise modified and that other implementations are possible. [0343] At 2602, the method may include transmitting, to a UE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, and configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE. The operations of 2602 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2602 may be performed by a NE as described with reference to Figure 22. [0344] At 2604, the method may include receiving, from the UE, a CSI report including an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a PMI reporting granularity, a CQI reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE. The operations of 2604 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2604 may be performed by a NE as described with reference to Figure 22. [0345] At 2606, the method may include shifting a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based at least in part on the estimate of the measurement of the synchronization information. The operations of 2606 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2606 may be performed a NE as described with reference to Figure 22. [0346] Figure 27 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2700 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of the method may be implemented by a UE as described herein. In some implementations, the UE may execute a set of instructions to control the function elements of the UE to perform the described functions. It should be noted that the method described herein describes a possible implementation, and that the operations and the steps may be rearranged or otherwise modified and that other implementations are possible. [0347] At 2702, the method may include receiving, from at least one NE, an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, where the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 121 information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, and where the measurement synchronization information is based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE. The operations of 2702 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2702 may be performed by a UE as described with reference to Figure 20. [0348] At 2704, the method may include applying at least one of a time shift, a frequency shift, or a phase shift to a transmission of a group of UL RSs according to the measurement of the synchronization information. The operations of 2704 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2704 may be performed by a UE as described with reference to Figure 20. [0349] Figure 28 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2800 in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of the method may be implemented by a NE as described herein. In some implementations, the NE may execute a set of instructions to control the function elements of the NE to perform the described functions. It should be noted that the method described herein describes a possible implementation, and that the operations and the steps may be rearranged or otherwise modified and that other implementations are possible. [0350] At 2802, the method may include transmitting, to a UE: an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE; and configuration with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE, where the measurement synchronization information is based at least in part on a set of DL RS configured by the NE. The operations of 2802 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2802 may be performed by a NE as described with reference to Figure 22. [0351] At 2804, the method may include shifting a DL transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based at least in part on a measurement of a received time shift, frequency shift and phase shift of a group of UL RSs received from the UE. The operations of 2804 may be performed in accordance with examples as described herein. In some implementations, aspects of the operations of 2804 may be performed by a NE as described with reference to Figure 22. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 122 [0352] The description herein is provided to enable a person having ordinary skill in the art to make or use the disclosure. Various modifications to the disclosure will be apparent to a person having ordinary skill in the art, and the generic principles defined herein may be applied to other variations without departing from the scope of the disclosure. Thus, the disclosure is not limited to the examples and designs described herein but is to be accorded the broadest scope consistent with the principles and novel features disclosed herein. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT

Claims

Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 123 CLAIMS What is claimed is: 1. A user equipment (UE) for wireless communication, comprising: at least one memory; and at least one processor coupled with the at least one memory and configured to cause the UE to: receive, from at least one network equipment (NE), an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, wherein the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and transmit a Channel State Information (CSI) report comprising an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a Precoder Matrix Indicator (PMI) reporting granularity, a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE. 2. The UE of claim 1, wherein the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to receive, from the at least one NE, configuration for the measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE. 3. The UE of claim 1, wherein the indication of the joint transmission comprises at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message comprising a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 124 a configuration message comprising respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof. 4. The UE of claim 1, wherein each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a Downlink (DL) Reference Signal (RS) associated with an Identifier (ID), and wherein the DL RS comprises at least one of: a Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast Channel (SS/PBCH) identified via a distinct SS Block Resource Indicator (SSBRI); a Non-Zero Power (NZP) Channel State Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS) resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CSI-RS Resource Indicator (CRI); a Tracking Reference Signal (TRS) with a NZP CSI-RS resource set Identifier (ID); or combinations thereof. 5. The UE of claim 4, wherein the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values is configured with a time restriction parameter, the time restriction parameter restricting a measurement to a most recent transmission occasion, prior to a reference resource, of the DL RS. 6. The UE of claim 1, wherein the synchronization information comprises one or more time offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE. 7. The UE of claim 6, wherein the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to generate an estimate of a subband size of at least one of a PMI or a CQI associated with joint transmission from the set of NE and based at least in part on the one or more time offset values. 8. The UE of claim 7, wherein the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to transmit the estimate of the subband size. 9. The UE of claim 6, wherein at least one time offset value of the one or more time offset values comprises a fraction of one or more of a configured cyclic prefix value, an absolute difference Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 125 in a time offset value, a relative measure of an average delay, a delay spread value, or combinations thereof. 10. The UE of claim 1, wherein the synchronization information comprises one or more frequency offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE. 11. The UE of claim 10, wherein at least one frequency offset value of one or more time offset values comprises a fraction of one or more of a configured sub-carrier spacing value, an absolute difference in a frequency offset value, a relative measure of a Doppler shift, a Doppler spread value, or combinations thereof. 12. The UE of claim 10, wherein the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to generate an estimate of a CSI reporting periodicity configuration associated with joint transmission from the set of NE based at least in part on the one or more frequency offset values. 13. The UE of claim 12, wherein the at least one processor is configured to cause the UE to transmit the estimate of CSI reporting periodicity. 14. The UE of claim 1, wherein the synchronization information comprises one or more phase offset values corresponding to a subset of the set of NE. 15. The UE of claim 1, wherein a NE in the set of NE corresponds to a reference NE, and the measurement of synchronization information for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values for a NE is performed relative to a corresponding measurement at the reference NE. 16. A network equipment (NE) for wireless communication, comprising: at least one memory; and at least one processor coupled with the at least one memory and configured to cause the NE to: Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 126 transmit, to a User Equipment (UE), an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, and configuration for measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; receive, from the UE, a Channel State Information (CSI) report comprising an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a Precoder Matrix Indicator (PMI) reporting granularity, a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE; and shift a Downlink (DL) transmission by at least one of a time offset value, a frequency offset value, or a phase offset value based at least in part on the estimate of the measurement of the synchronization information. 17. The NE of claim 16, wherein the indication of the joint transmission comprises at least one of: a higher-layer configuration parameter in a corresponding CSI reporting setting; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) configuration message; a higher-layer configuration parameter in a codebook configuration message associated with a PMI; a configuration message comprising a set of criteria corresponding to the measurement of synchronization information; a configuration message comprising respective threshold values for the at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values; or combinations thereof. 18. The NE of claim 16, wherein each NE in the set of NE corresponds to a Downlink (DL) Reference Signal (RS) associated with an Identifier (ID), and wherein the DL RS comprises at least one of: a Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast Channel (SS/PBCH) identified via a distinct SS Block Resource Indicator (SSBRI); a Non-Zero Power (NZP) Channel State Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS) resource for channel measurement identified via a distinct CSI-RS Resource Indicator (CRI); Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT Lenovo Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT 127 a Tracking Reference Signal (TRS) with a NZP CSI-RS resource set Identifier (ID); or combinations thereof. 19. A processor for wireless communication, comprising: at least one controller coupled with at least one memory and configured to cause the processor to: receive, at a user equipment (UE) and from at least one network equipment (NE), an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, wherein the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and transmit a Channel State Information (CSI) report comprising an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a Precoder Matrix Indicator (PMI) reporting granularity, a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE. 20. A method performed by a user equipment (UE), the method comprising: receiving, from at least one network equipment (NE), an indication of a joint transmission from a set of NE, wherein the UE is configured with measurement of synchronization information for at least one of time values, frequency values, or phase values with respect to the set of NE; and transmitting a Channel State Information (CSI) report comprising an estimate of one or more of the measurement of the synchronization information, a Precoder Matrix Indicator (PMI) reporting granularity, a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) reporting granularity, or a coherence time of a channel between the UE and a NE of the set of NE. Attorney Docket No. SMM920230195-WO-PCT
PCT/IB2025/050734 2024-01-24 2025-01-23 Configuration for joint transmission Pending WO2025114993A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202463624760P 2024-01-24 2024-01-24
US63/624,760 2024-01-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025114993A1 true WO2025114993A1 (en) 2025-06-05

Family

ID=94601353

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2025/050734 Pending WO2025114993A1 (en) 2024-01-24 2025-01-23 Configuration for joint transmission

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025114993A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023170647A1 (en) * 2022-03-11 2023-09-14 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Downlink (dl) pre-compensation and quasi-co-location (qcl) signaling for coherent joint transmission (cjt)
WO2023170655A1 (en) * 2022-03-11 2023-09-14 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Type ii precoder matrix indicator (pmi) enhancement for coherent joint transmission (cjt)
US20230344485A1 (en) * 2020-04-24 2023-10-26 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Channel state information reporting

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20230344485A1 (en) * 2020-04-24 2023-10-26 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Channel state information reporting
WO2023170647A1 (en) * 2022-03-11 2023-09-14 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Downlink (dl) pre-compensation and quasi-co-location (qcl) signaling for coherent joint transmission (cjt)
WO2023170655A1 (en) * 2022-03-11 2023-09-14 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Type ii precoder matrix indicator (pmi) enhancement for coherent joint transmission (cjt)

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CHENXI ZHU ET AL: "Discussion on CSI enhancements", vol. RAN WG1, no. Changsha, Hunan Province, CN; 20240415 - 20240419, 5 April 2024 (2024-04-05), XP052586500, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://www.3gpp.org/ftp/TSG_RAN/WG1_RL1/TSGR1_116b/Docs/R1-2402497.zip R1-2402497 Lenovo.docx> [retrieved on 20240405] *
KARSTEN PETERSEN ET AL: "On MIMO_evo UE demodulation performance and CSI requirements", vol. RAN WG4, no. Xiamen, CN; 20231009 - 20231013, 27 September 2023 (2023-09-27), XP052524344, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://www.3gpp.org/ftp/TSG_RAN/WG4_Radio/TSGR4_108bis/Docs/R4-2315917.zip R4-2315917 - On MIMO_evo UE demodulation performance and CSI requirements.docx> [retrieved on 20230927] *
SAMSUNG ET AL., WF ON TYPE I AND II CSI CODEBOOKS, 15 May 2017 (2017-05-15)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN118648251A (en) Method and apparatus for channel quality reporting Reference to related applications and claim of priority
CN119790605A (en) Method and apparatus for CSI reporting based on basis vector windows
US20240396607A1 (en) Event-triggered reporting of channel state information
US20250047329A1 (en) Mimo operations
WO2024057292A1 (en) Csi report with cqi values
WO2025114993A1 (en) Configuration for joint transmission
WO2025158328A1 (en) Configuration for joint transmission
WO2025099707A1 (en) Configuration for joint transmission
US20250192952A1 (en) Channel state information (csi) with indication of precoding matrix
US20250192847A1 (en) Channel state information (csi) including a precoding matrix indicator (pmi)
US20250386224A1 (en) Ai/ml model identifier acquisition for ai/ml-based model configuration
US20250386214A1 (en) Quasi co-location indication for ai/ml-based model configuration
US20240397358A1 (en) Event-triggered reporting of beam information
US20250317177A1 (en) Channel state information reference signal resource mapping
US20250021881A1 (en) Training dataset updates for a training dataset partitioned into multiple dataset groups
US20250274943A1 (en) Uplink transmit precoding matrix under mixed feedback conditions: closed loop
US20250219789A1 (en) Configuring multiple csi reporting settings
US20250266872A1 (en) Uplink transmit precoding matrix under mixed feedback conditions: open loop
WO2025120606A2 (en) Channel state information (csi) including a precoding matrix indicator (pmi)
WO2024184715A1 (en) Signaling enhancements for mixed downlink transmissions
WO2025120605A1 (en) Channel state information (csi) with indication of precoding matrix
US20250247137A1 (en) Channel state information (csi) reporting
US20250247190A1 (en) Channel state information (csi) resources
WO2024241278A1 (en) Event-triggered reporting of beam information
WO2024241279A1 (en) Event-triggered reporting of channel state information

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25704991

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1